4 HL 1
August 8, 2022 | Author: Anonymous | Category: N/A
Short Description
Download 4 HL 1...
Description
WORK WOR KSHOP MA MANU NUAL AL 727 (N SERIES)
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (4HL1 (4 HL1 ENG ENGINE) INE)
SECTION 1A
In te rn ati o n al S e rvice & P arts Tokyo, Japan
NOTICE
Before using this Workshop Manua l to to a ssist you in pe rf rform orm ing vehicle service and maintenance operations, it is recommended that you carefully read and thoroughly understand the information con taine d in S ection - 0A un de r the he ad ings “GEN “GENE ERAL REPAI PAIR INSTRUCTIONS” and “HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL”.
All m aterial conta ine d in thi thiss Manu al is is ba sed on th e latest prod uct inform ation ava ilab le a t the time o f publicati publication on . All rriights a re rese rved to m ake chang es at an y tim tim e w ithout p rior rior notice.
Engine Control System 1A-1
ENGINE Engine Control System CONTENTS Engine Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-2 Precautions on Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-2 1A -2 Function and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-3 Powertrain System Components . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-9 Circuit Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-20 Strategy-Based Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-38 Functional Check List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-44 Hearing Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-44 On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check . 1A-47 Inactive CHECK ENGINE Lamp Check . . . . . 1A-50 Unblinking CHECK ENGINE Lamp Check . . . 1A-54 ECM Power Supply and Grounding System Circuit Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-56 Diagnosis with Tech Tech 2 Scan Tool Tool . . . . . . . . . . 1A-59 Diagnostic Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-88 DTC14 - CMP Sensor System Fault . . . . . . . 1A-93 DTC15 - CKP Sensor Sensor System Faul Faultt . . . . . . . . 1A-97 DTC18 - Starter Degradation (For Only Vehicles Equipped with Idle Stop Function) Function) . . . . . . . . 1A-101 DTC22 - IAT Sensor System Fault . . . . . . . . 1A-103 DTC23 - ECT Sensor System Fault . . . . . . . 1A-107 DTC24 - Accelerator Sensor System Fault . 1A-112 DTC25 - Vehicle Speed Sensor System Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-116 DTC28 - PTO Accelerator Sensor System Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-120 DTC31 - Idle Up Volume System Fault . . . . 1A-123 DTC33 - VIM Internal Fault (EEPROM Write
DTC118 - Common Rail Pressure DTC118 Pre ssure Fault (Control System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-177 DTC158 - Injector Power Supply System Short (Common 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-182 DTC159 - Injector Power Supply System Short (Common 2) 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-186 DTC211 DTC21 1 - Fuel Temperature Sensor System Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-190 DTC217 - SCV Drive Drive System Short . . . . . . . 1A-195 DTC227 - No Pump Pressure Feed (Fuel Leak) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-198 DTC241 - Idle Position Switch Circuit Open Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-203 DTC242 - Idle Position Switch Circuit Short . 1A-206 DTC245 - Common Rail Pressure Sensor System Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A1A-209 209 DTC247 - SCV Drive System Fault . . . . . . . 1A1A-215 215 DTC271 - Cylinder 1 (Injector Drive System) Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-219 DTC272 - Cylinder 2 (Injector Drive System) Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-223 DTC273 - Cylinder 3 (Injector Drive System) Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-227 DTC274 - Cylinder 4 (Injector Drive System) Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-231 DTC277 - Injector Power Supply System Open Wiring Fault (Common 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-235 DTC278 - Injector Power Supply System Open
Error) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-127 DTC34 - ECM Internal Fault (Charge Circuit Fault) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-129 DTC35 - VIM Internal Fault (A/D Conversion Fault) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-132 DTC43 - ITP Sensor System Fault . . . . . . . . 1A-134 DTC44 - EGR Valve Position Sensor System Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-139 DTC45 - EGR Valve Valve System Fault . . . . . . . . 1A-144 DTC46 - Exhaust Brake System Fault . . . . . 1A-147 DTC51 - ECM Internal Fault (CPU Error / CPU History Error) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-150 DTC52 - ECM Internal Fault (Sub CPU Error) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-152
Wiring Fault (Common 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-239 DTC416 - Main Relay System Fault . . . . . . . 1A-243 DTC417 - Starter Switch System Fault . . . . 1A-246 DTC543 - High Engine Speed Error . . . . . . . 1A-249 Default Matrix Table Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-250 Special Tools Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-256 Wiring Harness Repair: Shielded Cable . . . . . 1A-257 Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-257 Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-257 Twisted Leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-258 Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-258 Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-258 Weather-Pack Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A 1A-260 -260 Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-260
DTC61 - Intake Throttle Valve System Fault 1A-154 DTC71 - Barometric Pressure Sensor Fault 1A-157 DTC81 - Clutch Switch System Fault . . . . . . 1A-159 DTC82 - Neutral Switch System Fault . . . . . 1A-163 1A-16 3 DTC84 - CAN Communication Fault (CAN Bus Error) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-166 DTC86 - CAN Communication Fault
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-260 Special Tools Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-261 Com-Pack III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-262 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-262 Metri-Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-263 Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-263 Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-263
(CAN Timeout Error) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-169 1A-16 9 DTC115 DTC1 15 - Common Rail Pressure Sensor Fixed Output Fault Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-172
Special Tools Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1A-263
1A-2 Engine Control System
Engine Control System Precautions on Service Unless otherwise specified in diagnostic procedures,
polarity flow out and resultantly the person is charged at high opposite polarity. Since static electric charges cause damages, it is important when you handle or test electronic components.
do not use Test Light to diagnose the powertrain electrical system. When diagnostic procedures need probe connector, use Connector Test Adapter Kit 58840-0385-0.
CAUTION: To prevent damages by electrostatic discharge, follow the guidelines shown below.
Circuit test tools
On-market electrical equipment and vacuum devices On-market electrical equipment and vacuum devices refer to those components that will be installed to vehicles after shipment from manufacturing plants. Be careful that installation of these components is not considered during the process of vehicle design. CAUTION: Do not install on-market vacuum devices to vehicles. CAUTION: Connect on-market electrical equipment, as well as its power supplies and grounds, to the circuits isolated from the electronic control system. The on-market electrical equipment, even when installed to vehicles in normal manner, may bring functional troubles to the electronic control system. Affected devices include those not connected to the vehicle electrical equipment system, for example, mobile phones or radios. Therefore, when you intend to diagnose the powertrain, check such the on-market
• Do no nott touch touch ECM conne connector ctor pins pins as w well ell a as s electronic components soldered to the ECM circuit board. • Do not u unpac npack k each replace replacement ment compo component nent until preparations are completed for the component. • Bef Before ore takin taking g out a componen componentt from the package, connect the package to the normal grounding line of the vehicle. • When y you ou int intend end to slide slide on on the seat, seat, change change the posture from standing to sitting, or walk by a certain distance to handle a component, touch an appropriate grounding material. Wire color All wiring harnesses are identified id entified using colored jacket. The wiring harness used for the main circuit in an electrical system is identified with single color while the wiring harness used for the sub-circuit is identified with color stripe. The following rule is used in each wiring diagram to indicate size and color of a wiring harness.
electrical equipment has not been installed to the vehicle and, if installed, remove it. If faults still occur even after removal of on-market electrical equipment, diagnose the vehicle according to normal procedures. eg. : 0.5 GRN / RED
Damage by electrostatic discharge Electronic components used in the electronic control system are designed to work at very low voltages and, for this reason, they are susceptible to damage by electrostatic discharge and some types of electronic components may be damaged even by the static electricity of less than 100 V that is usually not sensed by persons. Persons’ sensitivity level is 4,000 V. Persons are electrostatically charged in various ways and the most typical electrification sources are friction and induction. Shown below are examples.
1 2 3
LNW21ASH000101-X
Electrification Electrificati on by friction friction oc occurs curs when a person person slides on the seat in the vehicle. • Electrificati Electrification on by induction induction occurs occurs when when a person with insulating shoes is standing near a highly electrifiable substance and touches a ground momentarily. Electric charges with the same
Legend 1. Red Red (st (strip ripe e color color)) 2. Gr Green een (ba (base se color color)) 3. Harnes Harness ss size ize (0.5 mm2)
Engine Control System 1A-3 Symbol
Color
Symbol
Color
B
Black
BR
Brown
W
White
LG
Light green
R
Red
GR
Gray
G
Green
P
Pink
Y
Yellow
LB
Light blue
L
Blue
V
Violet
O
Orange
Function and Operation
Voltages from ECM
Electronic Control System
The ECM supplies reference voltages to various switches and sensors. Resistances of the ECM are very high and this allows the ECM to supply voltages to these devices, and voltages actually applied to circuits
The electronic control system processes the data, which has been collected with various types of sensors, by means of the control program installed to ECM (engine control module) to totally control engine parameters such as fuel injection quantity, injection timing, engine startup, altitude compensation, and EGR.
The ECM is mounted in the inner part of the engine left side cover. The ECM monitors various data sent from diversified sensors and controls systems in the powertrain. The ECM diagnoses these systems to detect faults with respect to system operations and inform the driver of faulty condition via the CHECK
are low and even connecting Test Light to individual circuits may fail turn-on. Since the voltmeter normally used in service factories has low input impedance, correct readings may not be obtained. To get accurate readings, a digital voltmeter whose input impedance is 10 MΩ (for example, 5-8840-0366-0) should be used. Input/output devices of the ECM include analog-todigital converter, signal buffer, counter, and special driver. By using electronic switches, the ECM controls most system components and turning off a switch closes the ground circuit. These switches are divided into four-switch or seven-switch groups, and the former group is called quad driver module (QDM) and controls up to four output pins respectively while the latter group
ENGINE lamp (MIL) and stores DTCs (diagnostic trouble codes). DTC identifies the trouble generation area to aid repairs by service operators.
is called outputrespectively. driver module (ODM) controls upare to seven outputs Note that and all the outputs necessarily not used in the control.
Function of ECM
Electrically Erasable Programmable ROM (EEPROM)
ECM ECM Description
ECM supplies 5 V and 12 V voltages to various sensors and switches. Since powers are supplied via high resistances in ECM, Test Light, even when connected to the circuit, will not be lit. In a special case, a normal voltmeter does not indicate correct values since the resistance of the instrument is too low. To get accurate readings, you need a digital voltmeter whose input impedance is at least 10 MΩ. The special tool 5-8840-
EEPROM is a permanent memory chip and soldered to the board in the ECM. EEPROM stores program and calibration data, both of which are necessary for the ECM to control the powertrain. Different from conventional ROMs, EEPROM cannot be replaced with new component. If EEPROM fails, the complete ECM assembly must be replaced with new one.
0366-0 is a proper choice for this measurement. In the
Precautions on ECM Service
ECM, the output is controlled grounding systemcircuit or power circuit by viaregulating transistor the or either of the devices listed below. be low.
The ECM is designed to withstand ordinary currents used in operations of a vehicle. Be careful that the circuits must not be overloaded. To test the ECM to check open wiring or short, ECM circuits must be connected to the ground or voltages must not be applied to the ECM. To test ECM circuits, the digital voltmeter 5-8840-0366-0 should always be used.
• Output Output dri driver ver module module (ODM) (ODM) • Quad Quad dr drive ive modu module le (QD (QDM) M) ECM and Components The ECM is designed to offer excellent drivability and fuel economy while achieving exhaust gas emission control requirements. The ECM monitors engine and vehicle functions via various electronic sensors such as CKP (crank position) and VS (vehicle speed) sensors.
1A-4 Engine Control System Engine Control System
Accelerator AP sensor Idle position switch
CAN Atomospheric pressure sensor
Starter Ignition switch Starter switch
Switch A/C switch
ECM
Relay/Lamp Starter cut relay Glow relay Check engine lamp
Relay ECO Relay, Exhaust Brake Lamp Exhaust Brake Lamp Glow Lamp
Battery
VIM
(Engine Control Module)
(Vehicle Interface Module)
Brake Stop Lamp Relay Exhaust Brake Lamp
Outer diagnostic unit
Transmission Clutch Switch Neutral Switch (MT) Parking /Neutral (AT)
Common rail pressure sensor
Common rail
Diagnostic switch SCV
Switch Vehicle Speed Sensor
Supply pump FT sensor
Vehicle functions
Injector Main relay
EGR cooler
Battery + EGR valve drive
Tachometer
EGR valve position sensor CMP sensor ITP sensor Intake throttle drive
TCM
ABS/ASR ECU
ISS ECU ECT
Quick Warm Up System QWS Switch Idle
IAT sensor
Exhaust pipe
Power Take OFF (PTO) PTO Switch ( ACTIVE ACTIVE HIGH) PTO Switch ( ACTIVE ACTIVE LOW) PTO Accelerator Sensor
Idle Up Volume Others Freezer Switch Clean Starting Memory
CKP
Exhaust brake solenoid valve
LNW21ALF004601-X
The engine control system comprehends vehicle status and driver’s intention based on the data acquired from sensors and switches to adapt the engine to changing situation so that the vehicle will achieve optimal running condition. The heart of the engine control system is ECM and this device provides direct control tasks for the engine fuel and injection control, intake throttlesystem, control, including EGR control, QWS control. The ECM also governs vehicle system control strategies such as exhaust brake control and idle stop control via VIM. In addition, the ECM communicates with other key systems, including ABS/ASR system and clutch free system, via VIM.
Engine Control System 1A-5 Fuel Injection Control
ECM
DTC Detection Status Battery Voltage
Compensation
Key Switch Position Engine Speed
Injector Energize Time/ Timing Determine
Vehicle Speed Engine Coolant Temp.
Injector Control
Compensation
Intake Air Temp. Fuel Temp. Status Judge Common Rail Pressure
Desired Injection Quantity Determine Compensation
Accelerator Pedal Position
Idle Position Switch Clutch Switch
SCV Position Determine
SCV Control
Neutral Switch PTO Switch Idle Stop
LNW21AMF005601-X
The fuel injection control system manages the injection
stopped, "split injection mode" where two (or more)
quantity, injection timing, and injection pressure according to the status of vehicle. This system changes the injection quantity using injector operating period, the injection timing using injector operation timing, and
injection shots are made for one cylinder at low engine speeds and temperatures, "fixed injection mode" where only main injection is made at very low engine speeds during startup, and "normal injection mode" where the
fuel injection is made within normal engine speed range. The proper mode is selected according to such the parameters as engine speed, engine coolant temperature, and DTC. The ECM uses the desired injection quantity, intake air temperature, engine coolant temperature, and other parameters to determine injector energize period (desired injection period) and injector energize timing (desired injection timing) and control injectors according to the injection mode selected.
the injection pressure using SCV drive duty, respectively. The fuel injection consists of two stages, pilot injection and main injection, and the control system changes the amount and timing in individual stages according to the conditions encountered. The ECM uses the data acquired from associated sensors and switches to judge the current vehicle status, i.e., startup, idling, PTO, or idle stop, and calculate the desired injection quantity. Once the desired injection quantity is determined, ECM calibrates the value to determine injector energize time, energize timing, and SCV opening and controls injectors and the SCV accordingly.
SCV Control (Pump Control) Pumps are controlled in six stages: "shutoff mode", "start mode", "wait mode", "restart mode", "feedback mode", and "deflate mode". The proper mode is selected according to such the parameters as key switch position, common rail pressure, and engine speed. The ECM calculates desired injection pressure and pump flow rate for the selected mode based on intake air temperature, engine coolant temperature, engine speed, desired injection quantity, and other necessary parameters. Then, the ECM determines the SCV opening (SCV drive duty) using these results and controls the SCV SCV..
Calculation of Desired Injection Quantity The ECM calculates the basic injection quantity using engine speed, accelerator pedal position, engine coolant temperature, and other necessary parameters and calibrates this value based on the atmospheric pressure or the like to determine the desired injection quantity. Injector Control The injector control consists of four stages: "control stop mode" where the fuel injection is completely
1A-6 Engine Control System Intake Throttle Control
Legend 1. Intake Intake throttle throttle valv valve e 2. ITP (intake (intake throttle throttle position position)) sensor sensor The intake throttle control system changes (throttles) the air according to the vehicle status and reduces suction noises generated from the working exhaust brake and acceleration. This control is made by opening and closing the intake throttle valve. The intake throttle valve is operated by the DC motor and changing the drive voltage (duty: see Note 1) opens and closes the valve. The intake throttle valve is fully opened in the normal state (i.e., the DC motor is inactive) and gradually reduces the opening as the drive voltage is increased. The ECM uses the ITP (intake throttle position) sensor to detect the working condition of the intake throttle valve. When the valve opening gets smaller (the drive voltage is increased), the output voltage of the ITP sensor becomes lower. The valve position is normally calculated using engine coolant temperature, engine speed, and desired injection quantity, and the DC motor drive voltage is determined from this calculated value. However, the ECM completely opens the throttle valve when the vehicle is in idle stop, DTC is set for the intake throttle system, AP sensor system, or EGR system, gear shifting is performed (for manual transmission vehicle), the engine coolant temperature is low (less than 70°C),
3. Intake Intake thro throttl ttle e DC motor motor switch is turned off (within 0.5 to 3.0 seconds). There is an opposing relationship between intake throttle control and EGR control. When the intake throttle valve is opened, the EGR valve is closed, and vice versa. Note 1: Duty (%) = Energize ratio
or the vehicle is in startup or engine stall status while it completely closes the valve immediately after the key
Engine Control System 1A-7 EGR Control
Legend 1. EGR EGR v val alve ve 2. EGR valv valve e pos positi ition on senso sensor r The EGR control system recirculates a portion of exhaust gas to the intake to drop the combustion temperature and thus reduce NOx. This control is made by opening and closing the EGR valve. The EGR valve is operated by the DC motor and changing the duty (see Note 1) opens and closes the valve. This EGR valve is fully closed in the normal state (i.e., the DC motor is inactive) and gradually enlarges the opening as the duty is increased. The ECM uses the EGR valve position sensor to comprehend the working condition of the EGR valve. When the valve opening gets larger (the duty is increased), the output voltage of the EGR valve position sensor becomes higher. The EGR control is initiated when parameters such as engine speed, engine coolant temperature, accelerator position, atmospheric pressure, and system voltage meet the required conditions, and the EGR valve opening is calculated from engine coolant temperature, engine speed, and desired injection quantity. The ECM determines the drive duty of the DC motor based on this valve position and drives the motor. The EGR control is turned off when the exhaust brake is operated, the PTO is working, the AP sensor fails, the ECT sensor fails, the EGR system fails, or the intake throttle system fails. There is an opposing relationship between EGR control and intake throttle control. When the intake throttle valve is opened, the EGR valve is closed, and vice versa.
3. EGR EGR D DC C mot motor or Note 1: Duty (%) = T (*) / 5 (msec) × 100 * T = Duty input time (see motor drive voltage waveform)
Legend 1. 24V 2. 0V 3. T (duty (duty inp input ut ttim ime) e) 4. 5 msec
1A-8 Engine Control System QWS Control The QWS (quick warm-up system) curtails the engine warm-up time. The glow control covers the engine warm-up during the period from pre-startup to immediate completion of startup. The QWS works when the vehicle meets the required conditions after engine startup and the driver turns on the QWS switch, and lasts until the vehicle deviates from the QWS working conditions. QWS working conditions • The engin engine e coolant coolant is is les less s than than 73°C. 73°C. • The engin engine e is runnin running g at or above above 400 rpm rpm for at least 0.5 second. • Both Both EGR and PTO PTO contr controls ols are are disable disabled. d. • The vehicle vehicle is fr free ee ffrom rom AP sensor fault, ECT sensor fault, A/D conversion fault, idle position
• For a manual transm transmission ission vehic vehicle, le, th the e clutch clutch pedal is not pressed. For an automatic transmission vehicle, the exhaust brake command is not sent from the automatic transmission. • The sy system stem vo voltage ltage stays betwee between n 20 V and 30 V. Idle Stop Control (for Vehicles Equipped with Idle Stop Control System) The idle stop control system automatically cuts the engine to prevent the black smoke emission from the vehicle that is not running for unloading or other works (to restart the engine, manual operation is needed). When all the idle stop conditionsenergy-saving are met, the relays ECM stops fuel injection and actuates to turn off wipers, mirror defoggers, flashers, seat heaters, and other electrical equipment. Idle Stop Control Working Conditions
switch fault, clutch switch fault, neutral switch fault, and vehicle speed sensor fault. • The differe difference nce between between actual actual and desired engine speeds is less than 50 rpm.
• The dri driver ver fails fails to a apply pply tthe he parking parking brake brake an and d the signal is input from the alarm unit. (Note 1) • The v vehi ehicle cle ran ran at or ab above ove 5 km/h. km/h.
• The desired desired engine speed is lless ess than than 1000 1000 rpm. rpm.
• Th The e vehi vehicle cle is idl idlin ing. g.
• The vehicl vehicle e iis s bein being g off. off.
• The vehicl vehicle e speed speed is 0 km km/h. /h.
• The state state where the starter starter switch switch is is turned off and and the idle position switch is turned on lasts for at
• The s shift hift llever ever is is in the ne neutral utral position. position.
least 0.5 seconds.
• The Q QWS WS sw switc itch h is tur turned ned off. off. • The en engine gine coolant coolant ttempera emperature ture is is at least least 10 10°C. °C. • The ba batte ttery ry volta voltage ge is at lleas eastt 22 V V..
Exhaust Brake Control A valve is installed inside the exhaust pipe. Closing this valve increases the resistance during the exhaust stroke to enhance the effect of engine brake. The drive source of the exhaust brake valve is vacuum. A solenoid valve is installed to control the vacuum. The exhaust brake is controlled by opening and closing this solenoid electrically. When the engine is running at or above 500 rpm, the exhaust cut command is not sent from the automatic transmission, and exhaust brake or QWS working conditions are completely met, the VIM turns on the solenoid valve.
• DTC has not been detect detected. ed. Note 1: When all the following conditions are met, the parking brake disengagement alarm unit outputs the idle stop permit signal to the VIM. • The iidle dle stop stop main main switc switch h is tu turne rned d on. • The s shift hift llever ever is is in the ne neutral utral position. position. • The p park arking ing bra brake ke is is applie applied. d. • The h head eadlam lamps ps ar are e turned turned o off. ff. • Any of doo doors rs is is op open ened. ed.
Exhaust Brake Working Conditions • The vehicle vehicle iis s running running at or or above 5 km/h or faults faults are not detected on the th e vehicle speed sensor. • The exhau exhaust st br brake ake swit switch ch is turne turned d on. • The engin engine e is runnin running g at or above above 500 rpm rpm for at least 1 second. • The idle idle position position switc switch h is turned turned on on and the gear gear is engaged. • The vehicle vehicle is not not equipped equipped with ABS/ASR or the the exhaust brake cut command is not sent from the ASR. • The vehicle vehicle is free free from AP sensor sensor fault, fault, exhaust exhaust brake circuit fault, clutch switch fault, neutral switch fault, idle position switch fault, A/D conversion fault (VIM), and CAN timeout (VIM).
Engine Control System 1A-9 Powertrain System Components Component Layout - Vehicle Side
Legend 1. Eng Engine 2. Neut Neutra rall s swi witc tch h 3. ECM (engi (engine ne contro controll mod module) ule) 4. VIM (vehicl (vehicle e interfac interface e module) module) 5. Clut Clutch ch ped pedal al
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Accel Acceler erat ator or pedal pedal DLC (data (data link link con connec nector tor)) CHECK CHECK E ENGI NGINE NE lamp lamp (MIL (MIL)) Exhaust Exhaust brak brake e solenoi solenoid d valve valve VS (vehic (vehicle le speed) speed) sensor sensor
1A-10 Engine Control System Component Layout - Engine Side
Legend 1. ECT (engine (engine coolant coolant temperatur temperature) e) sensor sensor 2. EGR EGR v val alve ve 3. Intake Intake throttle throttle valv valve e 4. CKP (cran (crank k posi positio tion) n) senso sensor r
5. 6. 7. 8.
Function and Operation
FT (fuel (fuel temper temperatur ature) e) se senso nsor r SCV (suct (suction ion co contr ntrol ol valve) valve) Common Common rail rail press pressure ure sens sensor or CMP (cam (cam posi positio tion) n) se senso nsor r
The ECT (engine coolant temperature) sensor is installed to the thermostat housing and the thermistor in the sensor alters the resistance in response to the temperature change. The resistance is decreased when the coolant temperature is high while increased when the temperature is low. The ECM supplies 5 V to the ECT sensor via pull-up resistance and calculates the engine coolant temperature from the change in voltage and uses it in fuel injection control, EGR control, and other control tasks. This voltage is decreased when the resistance is large (the temperature is high) while increased when the resistance is large (the temperature is low).
ECT Sensor
Engine Control System 1A-11 EGR Valve and EGR Valve Position Sensor
The intake throttle valve is installed to the intake throttle
and operated by a DC motor. The DC motor operates the intake throttle valve by changing the drive voltage. The valve is closed when the drive voltage is increased while opened when the voltage is decreased. The ECM calculates the intake throttle valve opening based on the vehicle running condition and controls the DC motor accordingly accord ingly.. The ITP (intake throttle position) sensor is installed to the intake throttle valve and sends the voltage signal that will change in response to the throttle valve opening to the ECM. The ECM calculates the throttle valve opening from the voltage signal and uses the result in intake throttle control. CMP Sensor
The EGR valve is installed at the top of the inlet cover and operated by a DC motor. The DC motor operates the EGR valve by changing the duty. The valve is opened when the duty is increased while closed when the duty is decreased. The ECM calculates the desired EGR valve opening based on the vehicle running condition and controls the DC motor accordingly. The EGR valve position sensor is installed to the EGR valve and sends the voltage signal that will change in response to the EGR valve opening to the ECM. The ECM calculates the desired EGR valve opening from the voltage signal and uses the result in EGR control. Intake Throttle Valve and ITP Sensor
The CMP (cam position) sensor is installed to each cylinder head and, when the hole on the camshaft gear passes the sensor, a CMP signal is generated. The ECM identifies the cylinder from the CMP signal as well as CKP signal sent from the CKP sensor and determines the crank angle, and uses this angle in fuel injection control and engine speed calculation. These tasks are usually performed based on the CKP signal but if the CKP sensor fails, the CMP signal will substitute for the CKP signal.
1A-12 Engine Control System SCV
CKP Sensor
The CKP (crank position) sensor is installed to the flywheel housing and, when flywheel teeth pass the sensor, a CKP signal is generated. The ECM identifies the cylinder from the CKP signal as well as the CMP signal sent from the CMP sensor and determines the crank angle, and uses this angle in fuel injection control and engine speed calculation. These tasks are usually performed based on the CKP signal but if the CKP sensor fails, the CMP signal will substitute for the CKP signal. FT Sensor
The SCV (suction control valve) is installed to the supply pump and controls the th e suction fuel quantity. The SCV is fully opened in normal state and larger drive voltage (duty) results in smaller opening. The ECM, based on the data acquired from sensors, calculates the desired common rail pressure and pump flow rate and compares the calculated desired common rail pressure to the actual value to determine the SCV opening. When the actual pressure is lower than the desired value, the SCV is opened to increase the pump flow rate. When the actual pressure is higher than the desired value, the SCV is closed to decrease the flow rate. Common Rail Pressure Sensor
The FT (fuel temperature) sensor is installed to the supply pump and the thermistor in the sensor alters the
resistance in response to the temperature change. The resistance is decreased when the fuel temperature is high while increased when the temperature is low. The ECM supplies 5 V to the FT sensor via pull-up resistance and calculates the fuel temperature from the change in voltage and uses it in supply pump control and other control tasks. This voltage is decreased when the resistance is small (the temperature is high) while increased when the resistance is large (the temperature is low).
The common rail pressure sensor is installed to the supply pump, and detects the fuel pressure in the common rail, converts the pressure into a voltage signal, and sends the signal to the ECM. Higher common rail pressure provides higher voltage while lower pressure provides lower voltage. The ECM calculates actual common rail pressure (fuel pressure) from the voltage signal and uses the result in fuel injection control and other control tasks.
Engine Control System 1A-13 IAT Sensor
voltage signal for use in fuel injection control and other diversified control tasks. Idle Position Switch
The IAT (intake air temperature) sensor is installed to the intake air duct and the thermistor in the sensor alters the resistance in response to the temperature change. Higher intake air temperature provides smaller resistance while lower intake air temperature provides larger resistance. The ECM supplies 5 V to the IAT sensor via pull-up resistance and calculates the intake air temperature from the change in voltage and uses it in fuel injection control and other control tasks. The voltage is decreased when the resistance is small (the temperature is high) while increased when the resistance is large (the temperature is low).
The idle position switch is installed to the accelerator pedal, and is turned off when the pedal is pressed and turned on when the pedal is released. The ECM receives the on/off signal from this idle position switch for use in exhaust brake control, warm-up control, and other control tasks. Clutch Switch
AP Sensor
The clutch switch is installed to the clutch pedal, and is turned on when the pedal is pressed and turned off when the pedal is released. The VIM receives the on/
The AP (accelerator pedal position) sensor is installed to the top of the accelerator pedal and supplies the voltage signal that will change in response to accelerator pedal angle to the ECM. The ECM calculates the accelerator pedal position from the
off signal from this clutch switch for use in exhaust brake control and other control tasks.
1A-14 Engine Control System VS Sensor
Exhaust Brake Solenoid Valve
The VS (vehicle speed) sensor is installed to the transmission. The sensor is also equipped with a Hall effect circuit. The magnet mounted to the transmission output shaft is rotated together with the shaft to generate a magnetic field. This Hall effect sensor interacts with the magnetic field and generates and sends a signal to the VIM. The VS sensor is energized via meter fuse. The VIM uses VS signal pulses to judge the vehicle speed. Neutral Switch
The exhaust brake solenoid valve is installed to the rear of the right front wheel frame (some vehicle types have different positions), and opens and closes the vacuum path connected to the exhaust brake valve. When this solenoid valve is turned on, the path is opened and the vacuum is applied to the t he exhaust brake valve. When the solenoid valve is turned off, the path is closed and the atmospheric pressure is applied and resultantly the exhaust brake valve is released. After the exhaust brake switch is turned on and the vehicle meets all the necessary conditions, the ECM turns on the exhaust brake solenoid valve. Atmospheric Pressure Sensor The atmospheric pressure sensor is installed inside the VIM and converts the atmospheric pressure into a voltage signal. The VIM calculates the atmospheric pressure from the voltage signal and sends the result to the ECM. The ECM uses this atmospheric pressure to calibrate the fuel injection quantity (altitude compensation). ECM
The neutral switch (P/N switch in case of automatic transmission) is installed to the transmission (shift lever in case of automatic transmission), and is turned on when the shift lever is moved to the neutral position. The ECM receives the on/off signal from this neutral (or P/N) switch to control the powertrain so that the driver cannot start the engine as long as the shift lever is not in the neutral (or parking) position.
Engine Control System 1A-15 The ECM is installed in the inner part of the engine left side cover. The ECM uses signals sent from diversified sensors to control those systems directly related to the engine, for example, fuel injection control, intake
CHECK ENGINE Lamp (MIL)
throttle control, EGR control, and QWS control. VIM
The VIM is installed inside the center console in the cab, and transmits signals sent from diversified switches and sensors and drives powertrain actuators such as exhaust brake, relays, and warning lamps according to the commands from the ECM. DLC
The CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) is built in the meter panel and informs the driver of faulty status of engine or associated systems. When the ECM detects a fault by means of its diagnostic function, this CHECK ENGINE lamp is turned on. After the diagnostic switch is turned on (DLC pins are shorted), the CHECK ENGINE lamp blinks to inform the mechanic of detection of DTC.
DLC (data link connector) is installed to the dash side pane of the driver’s seat and acts as a communication interface between external diagnostic tool and onboard controllers. The DLC can also function as a diagnostic switch and when DLC pins are shorted, this diagnostic switch is turned on.
1A-16 Engine Control System Fuse Layout [Fuse Box Label, In Glove Box]
25 26
22
19
16
13
10
7
4
1
23
20
17
14
11
8
5
2
24
21
18
15
12
9
6
3
1
[Fuse Box, Front Left of Radiator]
27
28
LNW21ALF000401-X
Legend 1. Spar Spare e fu fuse se
No. 1 2
Indication on label
Capacity
CONTROLLER
10A
HAZARD,HORN (12V)
15A
HAZARD,HORN (24V)
10A
3
—
Devices connected Control unit Hazard warning flashing lamp, horn
10A
—
AIR CON (12V)
10A
Air conditioner
HEATER,AIR CON (24V)
15A
Heater, air conditioner
5
FUEL, SEAT HEATER (24V)
10A
Fuel, seat heater
6
ABS, HAB, RETARDER (24V)
15A
ABS, HAB, retarder
7
ROOM LAMP
15A
Room lamp
8
STOP LAMP
10A
Stop lamp
4
Engine Control System 1A-17 No. 9
Indication on label
Capacity
Devices connected
POWER WINDOW (24V)
20A
TAIL.ILLUMI (12V)
15A
TAIL.ILUMI (24V)
10A
11
FOG.CORNER
10A
Fog lamp, cornering lamp
12
ELEC.PTO (24V)
10A
PTO switch (electric PTO)
13
WIPER,WASHER
15A
Wiper, window washer
14
TURN
10A
Turn signal lamp
GENERATOR (12V)
15A
Generator
ELEC.PTO (24V)
20A
PTO solenoid valve (electric PTO)
MIRROR HEAT (12V)
10A
Heated side mirror
ENG.CONT (24V)
15A
E CM
17
MIRROR
10A
Electrically operated mirror
18
CIGAR,AUDIO
10A
Cigarette lighter, audio
METER (12V)
10A
METER (24V)
15A
ENGINE STOP (12V)
10A
Engine stop
HSA (24V)
10A
HS A
21
AIR BAG
10A
SRS airbag
22
STARTER
10A
Starter
23
H/LAMP RH
10A
Headlamp, RH
10
15
16
19
20
Power window Tail lamp
Meter
24 25 26
H/LAMP LH
10A
Headlamp, LH
HEATER (12V)
30A
Heater
ENG CONTROLLER (24V)
30A
ECM (except for turbocharged vehicles)
POWER WINDOW (12V)
30A
Power window
External Fuse Box No.
Indication on label
Capacity
Devices connected
27
MARKER LAMP
10A
Marker lamp
28
COND FAN
10A
Condenser fan
1A-18 Engine Control System Relay Layout
Relay Box No.1
18
16
15
14
13
Relay Box No.2
Bracket Spare Power Circuit 5
67
8
9
10
11
12
Upper Fuse & Relay Box 19
20
Front
Right
4
Cooler Relay
3 1
2 17
LNW21ALF006101-X
No .
Legend
1
12 V: On relay 24 V: Charge relay
2
Horn relay
3 4 5
12 V: ABS, VSV, FICD, EXH brake, valve (12 V) 24 V: Headlamp relay Tail relay 12 V: Headlamp relay 24 V: 4WD relay
6
Dimmer relay
7
Power window relay
8
Fog lamp relay
Engine Control System 1A-19 No .
Legend
9
Cor orne nerring la lamp rel relay ay
10
Air cond condit itio ione nerr tther hermo mo re rela lay y
11 12
12 V: Charge relay 24 V: Key on relay Heat Heater er & air co cond ndit itio ione nerr rela relay y 24 V: PTO cut relay for electric PTO in fire engine (MT) 24 V: PTO solenoid relay re lay for electric PTO (AT) (AT)
13
12 V: Exhaust brake cut relay (MT) 24 V: Idle on relay for fire engine (AT) 24 V: Idle stop, wiper relay (with CFS (clutch free system)) 24 V: PTO solenoid relay for electric PTO (MT) 24 V: PTO buzzer relay for electric PTO (AT)
14
12 V: OD off relay (AT)
24 V: Idle keep relay for fire engine (AT) 24 V: Idle stop, radio relay (with CFS) 24 V: PTO main relay for electric PTO (MT) 15
24 V: Garbage relay for garbage collector (AT) 24 V: Indicator lamp relay for fire engine (AT) 24 V: Idle stop, engine control module relay (with CFS)
16
4WD relay 24 V: Idle stop, mirror relay (with CFS) 24 V: Full automatic air conditioner, high relay
17
24 V: Automatic air conditioner, high relay 24 V: Shift lock relay for fire engine (AT)
18
24 V: Shift relay for fire engine (AT) 24 V: PTO main relay for electric PTO (MT)
19
24 V V:: PT PTO O solenoi solenoid d rel relay ay for for elect electric ric PTO PTO (MT) (MT)
20
24 V V:: PT PTO O cut cut relay relay for for elect electric ric PTO (MT (MT))
1A-20 Engine Control System Circuit Diagram ECM Circuit Diagram Starter Switch (ON)
0.75B/O
#19 15A
CHECK ENGINE Lamp
0.5Y/B
A/C Magnetic Clutch 0.5B/W
Switch (ST) #22 10A
Starter
Starter Cut Relay
90 84
A/C Condenser 0.75W/R Starter
10 9
94 99
108 110
0 .5 L 0.5L/W 0.5L/R
AP Sensor
0.5B/Y 0.5W/L
Idle Position Switch
13 49
0.5R/B
46 0.5G/W
ECT Sensor
113 48
0.5R/G FT
0.5B/R
Relay
Sensor 102
To Starter
91 83
SBF 60A
Glow Plug
SBF 50A
80
Glow Relay
81 0.5W/G
SBF 60A
Main Relay 1.25W/R
SBF 100A
SBF 50A
1.25W/R
SBF 30A
1.25W/R 0.5L/Y
Battery
0.75W/G 0.75R
114
74
115
75
116 117
1 2
16 35
ECM
42
4 5
0.5G/Y
ITP Sensor
24 69 23
0.75W/B
M+ EGR M DC Motor M-
0.75L/Y
EGR Valve Position Sensor
0.75W/R 0.75W/R SCV
43 M+ M M-
IAT Sensor
0.85O
98
0.5L/Y 118
Intake Throttle DC Motor
0.85L/B
59
88
58
112
0.75L 0.75L 1.25W 1.25L/W
Cylinder 1 Injector
0.75G/W
Cylinder 4 Injector
0.75B 1.25R 1.25L/R
Cylinder 3 Injector
0.75W/Y
Cylinder 2 Injector
0.75L 0.5SB 0.5GR/W
Scan Tool Communication Diagnostic Switch
DLC
0.5Y 68 0.5W 0.5G
Common Rail Pressure Sensor
0.5G 0.5R
63 67 66
89 97
64
95 0.5W/R 0.5W/L 0.5L/R CMP Sensor
0.5L/W 0.5B
VIM
0.5W 0.5B
87
CKP Sensor
0.5R
25
119
6
120
8
121
0.5B 0.85B 1.25B 1.25B 1.25B
27 26
LNW21AXF002601-X
Engine Control System 1A-21 VIM Circuit Diagram
Starter SW (ON)
0.85B/O
#19 15A Exhaust Brake Lamp
0.3BR/W 0.5LG/B
36
4
16 53 56
0.5B/R 0.3B/G 0.3LG/B
2 Brake Solenoid
PTO Lamp
59
Tachometer
0.5V/W
17
7
15 19 57
Starter SW (ST) #22 10A SBF 50A
SBF 100A
A/T ECU
0.5LG
PTO ECU
PTO SW
SBF 50A
0.5L/R
18
Exhaust
0.5B/W
46
54
0.5BR 0.5B/R
ABS/ASR ECU
0.3B/L 0.5G/Y 0.5G
Sound Alarm (Simplified ISS)
Main Relay 1.25W/R
SBF 30A
1.25W/R 1.25W/R
38 75 76
CFS ECU
Battery Glow Lamp 0.3O/L
0.5G/Y
ECO Relay
42
V IM 0.5W 27 26 0.5R 0.5B
3
ECM
Brake SW
CFS Vehicle CFS Clutch SW
CFS Non Vehicle
0.5W/L
Exhaust Brake SW
0.5LG/R
Warm Up SW
0.5BR/R
M/T : N A/T : P or N
0.5B/G
Freezer SW
0.5L/B
49 48
50
44
Other ECU
0.5Y/G
0.5R/B
34 0.5Y 31 0.5Y/BR 71
73 60 39 52
0.5Y/G
Stop Lamp Relay
47
24
Idle Up Volume
+B Lamp Fail Relay
12
9
PTO Accelerator Accel erator Sensor
0.5G/W
30
66
Diagnostic SW
0.5SB Scan Tool Communication
DLC
0.5B 0.85B 0.85B 0.85B 0.85B
14
VS Sensor
LNW21AXF002301-X
1A-22 Engine Control System ECM/VIM Circuit Diagram (1/5) SBF-1 SBF-1 80A 80A/10 /100A 0A MAIN
A
1
5 W/B
H-6 OFF
ACC
5 W/B
3 W/B
C B
SBF 2 50A KEY
3 W/L
H-7
1 3 W/L 2
ON
B
B-67
3
3B/Y
4
3B/W
B-67 ST B-67
SB SBF F --3 3 60 0A A
F -1 -1 6 1 5 5A A ENG. CONT
Starter Switch
GLOW
PTO Cut Relay
ECM
3 W/G
H-7
2
3 W/G
F-25
30A
ENG.CONT
2L
0.3 P
2 W/G 9 H-4
+ P-1
0.85 B/O
3 B/L
3
y a l e R n i a M
P-3
1
X-18
X-18
3 W/R
0.5 2 W/R
X-22
PTO Solenoid M/T Relay B --6 64 (3 )
0.5 B/O
49 B-352
B-349
B-349
49
B-352
B-349
X-22
3 B/G
X-22
3
B-350
2
117
J-191
9
24
0.5 LB
0.5 R
0.5 W
1 8 6 1 7 5 1 6 4 1 5 3 1 4 2 1 3 1 1 2 0
0.5 LB 0.5 GR/W 0.5 B 0.5 B
1 9
5
J-31
8
1
H-5
4 H-4
13 H-4
12 H-4
8 H-8
0.5 L
1
Diagnostic Connector
H-8
B-79
0.5 W/G 1.25 W/R
E-3
1.25 W/R
0.75 B/O
1.25 W/R
0.5 B/O 0.5 R
0.5 L/Y
B-352
B-350
27
0.85 B/O
H-105
0.5 L/Y
B-350
26
0.5 B
e e v k l 0.5 a a r LG/B B V t d s i u o 2 a n e h l x o J-31 E S
y a l e R w o l G
B-350
65
19 H-4
2
3 B/G
B-352
36 0.5 LG/B
4
X-22
0.5 B
Glow Plug
4
0.5 W/L
76 75 38 0.85 1.25 1.25 1.25 W/R B/O W/R W/R 8 6 7 H-4 H-4 H-4
2
0.5 L/Y
0.5 G/O
VIM
X-18 5
B-89
3
X-18
3 B/L
Frame
B-89
0.5 B/O
B-352
B-349
P-4
1
B-89
Clutch PTO Switch
2
49
B-352
0.5 R/Y
2
B-89
h c t i w S h c t u l C
B-89
0.5 LG/L 10
2 W/G
P-2
B-89
t i n U l o r ) t n ( 2 o C 8 S 5 2 F B C
B-2 B-216 16 (4)
0.5 B/O
1
r o t c 1 e n n B-355 o C d B-354 e e l 1 B r i A
3 W/G
+
0.5 B/O
0.3 B/O
SBF-5 50A
0.5 B/O
0.5 W
0.5 GR/W
0.85 B
0.75 B/O 118
98
J-191
J-191
114 J-191
115 J-191
116 J-191
109 J-191
97 J-191
89 J-191
88 J-191
112 J-191
ECM
3 B
J-9
Left Side Frame (Center) Right Frame (Front)
B-274
3B
1.25 B
6
8 B-274 Joint Connector
LNW21AXF002701-X
Engine Control System 1A 23 ECM/VIM Circuit Diagram (2/5) 3B/Y
A C
F-19 15A
3W/B
B
0.5W/R 1
Charge Relay
Meter
X-1 (4)
3B/W 1
2
X-12
B-172
X-12
B-47 12
2 Joint 31 Connector
Heater & A/C Relay X-12
3 B/R
F-5 0.5 B/R 0.5 B/R
Joint Connector
4
0.5B
7
0.5B
GND 8
0.5 BR
B-69
B-69
e k a r B h c t t s i u w a S h x E
2
0.5 B/Y
B-352
12
0.5 W/L
W/L
1
h c i & t p w o S t S p g U n m i l r d I a W
B-319
0.5 LG/R
Fuse
3
B-31
6
F-10 (10A)
12
TAIL,ILLUMI
B-352
h c t i w S p U m r a W
B-31
B-31
5
Neutral Switch (M/T)
5
B-31
Fuse
0.5 W/L
20
7
X-33
J-50
6
0.5 W/R
22
H-46
0.5 W/R
8
X-33
2
Diode
0.5 B/G
0.3 W/L
14
X-33
H-4
2
0.5 LG/R
J-69
H-46
0.3 B
0.5 B/R
2
B-319
B-319
0.5 LG/R 50
0.3 B
B-319
3
0.3
J-50
6
P
5
B-274
FUEL, SEAT HEATER 5
N J-69
0.85 B/Y
6 1.25B
10A
Inhibitor Switch (AISIN)
(JATCO)
H-5
B-172
X-12
5
D
TCM
9
0.5 B/G
0.5 B/G
F-10 (10A)
44
TAIL,ILLUMI
B-352
44
B-352
44
B-352
B-352
VIM B-352
B-351
39
B-349
52
B-350
66
B-349
60
GND B-349
SIG B-349
71
73
5V B-349
31
SIG B-349
34
B-352
30
47
0.5 L/B
0.85 B
0.85 B
0.85 B
0.85 B
0.5 B
0.5 Y/BR
0.5 Y
0.5 R/B
0.5 Y/BR
0.5 Y/G
0.5 R/B
0.5 Y/BR
1
1
3
1
2
3
B-282
B-325
B-282
B-281
B-281
B-281
PTO Accelerator Sensor
Idle Control Switch
0.5 Y 5
H-8
0.5 R/B 5
H-4
0.5 Y/BR
0.5 Y
1 J-166
7 H-8
0.5 R/B
2 J-166
3 H-8
0.85 L/B
1
3 J-166
J-7
PTO Accelerator Sensor
Compressor
Left Frame (Front)
B-346
LNW21AXF002801-X
1A-24 Engine Control System ECM/VIM Circuit Diagram (3/5) D
3B/W
F-22 10A
STARTER
0.5B/W
0.5 B/W
) N I S I A ( 5 9 2 B
) O C T A J ( 0 2 7 4 B
M C T
M C T
6 9 5 2 B
U / C S F C
) N I S I A ( 3 2 9 2 B
) O C T A J ( 3 1 7 4 B
M C T
M C T
E
) N I S I A ( 7 0 3 2 B
) O C T A J ( 8 7 4 B
) r e t e m o h c a T ( 8 2 5 B
M C T
M C T
r e t e M
) N I S I A ( 1 9 2 B
) O C T A J ( 4 8 4 B
1 9 5 2 B
M C T
M C T
S F C
0.3 LG
0.5 B/W
0.5 L/R
0.3 G/B
0.3 B/G
46
18
B-352
B-351
0.3 LG/B
56
y a l e R M C E p o t S g n i l d I
0.5 G
0.5 G/Y
59
B-351
3 5 1 X
0.5 LG
0.5 LG
53 B-351
0.5 LG
t i n ) p U t o g S n g n i n r i l a d I W ( g 3 n 7 i k r 4 a 1 P B
54
B-351
B-351
3 B-352
VIM B-351
B-351
19
0.3 B/L
0.5 B/R
12 H-8
B-351
0.5 G/Y
11
0.5 BR
H-8
0.5 LG/W
0.5 G/Y
7
8
J-177
J-177
J-177
B-352
14
B-352
4
0.5 Y/G
0.3 BR/W
B-352
42
0.3 O/L
B-352
11
0.5 W/O
B-352
48
7
0.5 G/W
0.5 V/W
17 H-8
r e t e M d e e p S
0.5 BR
19
B-351
17
18
H-8
0.3 B/L
B-351
57
15
7 1 2 5 B
20 J-177
r e t e M
3 2 3 J
r o s n e S d e e p S
L / W e k a r B H X E 6 1 5 B
r e t e M
p m a L r o t a c i d n I w o l G 5 1 2 5 B
r e t e M
9 1 9 5 2 B
U / C S F C
3 X
2 6 6 B
2 4 8 B
1 7 7 B
y a l e R p m a L p o t S
h c t i w S p m a L p o t S
) T / M ( h c t i w S O T P
h c t i w S l o r t n o C p m u D
2
EHCU
LNW21AXF002901-X
Engine Control System 1A-25 ECM/VIM Circuit Diagram (4/5)
0.5B/W
E
F
) 1 ( 5 E
Injector
h c t u l C c i t e n g a M No.2
No.3
E-115
E-115
6
No.4
E-115
0.75 L
1.25 R
0.75 W/Y
26
24
E-111
E-115
2
7
E-115 3
E-111
E-115
8
1.25 L/R
15
E-1114
No.1
0.75 B
32 E-111
E-115
5
0.75 G/W
E-115
1
4
1.25 W
9
7
E-111
E-111
1.25 L/W
13
0.75 W/R
13
30
E-111
E-111
E-111
E-111
E-111
ECM E-111
E-111
22 0.5 R/B
E-111
54
0.5 G/W
1
0.75 W/R
2
2 E-93
0.75 W/R
0.75 W/R
0.5 G/W
E-90
E-111
16
0.5 R/G
0.5 G/W
E-90
E-111
19
1 E-93
Fuel Temperature (FT) Sensor
E-111
33 0.75 L
E-111
34
E-111
17
0.75 L
0.75 R
0.75 L
0.75 R
1
2
E-116
E-116
Suction Control Valve (SCV)
E-111
12
E-111
29
0.75 W/G
E-111
46
0.75 L/Y
E-111
45
0.75 W/B
E-111
39 0.5 W
E-111
1
0.5 G/Y
E-111
56 0.5 R
E-111
36
0.5 W/R
E-111
37
0.5 W/L
E-111
52 0.5 B
18
0.5 L/R
35
0.5 L/W
0.5 Y
4
2
1
E-114 E-114 E-114
r t o o
3 M E-114 C
D e l t t
4 E-94
Intake Throttle Position (ITP) r Sensor o t o
1 E-98
2 E-98
Crank Position (CKP) Sensor
3
2
E-112 E-112
Cam Position (CMP) Sensor
E-111
21 0.5 G
0.5 W
0.75 L/Y
E-111
2
0.5 W
1
3 E-94
0.5 G
2 E-94
EGR Position Sensor
E-111
4
55
0.5 G
0.5 R
E-94
E-111
38
3
0.5 R
2
1
E-113 E-113 E-113
o r h T e k a E-114 t n I
E-90 0.5 Y/B
3
Meter
6
0.75 R
B -5 -5 2 ( 5 5))
E-94 0.75 L/Y
6
M C D R G E
Common Rail Pressure Sensor
LNW21AXF003301-X
1A-26 Engine Control System ECM/VIM Circuit Diagram (5/5) F
0.5 B/W
Accelerator Sensor Meter
0.5 L
30
0.5 L/W
10
H-5
H-4
2
1
0.5 Y/B
0.5 L/R
1 H-4
IAT Sensor
3
4
2
H-4
H-4
J-190
J-190
2
0.5 L
0.5 B/W
0.5 B/Y
113 J-191
108
J-191
ECM J-191
J-191
102 0.5 B/R
J-191
110 0.5 W/L
2
H-8
0.5 W/L
1
B-75
Accelerator Pedal Switch B-75
Starter
0.5 B
2
90
0.5 L/R
84
0.85 O
94
0.5 L/B
83
0.5 Y/B
91
J-191
J-191
J-191
J-191
5V
SIG
GND
5V
SIG
J-191
J-191
J-191
1.25 B
121 1.25 B
120 1.25 B
J-191
119 0.5 B
87
H-8
1
J-191
95 0.75 B
0.5 L/W
5
(CHECK ENGINE Lamp)
B-280 B-280 B-280 3
B-51
99 J-191
10
Cut Relay X-26
Right Frame (Front)
B-274
Left Frame (Center)
J-9
B-172 3
6 Joint
Connector
1.25 B
3B
LNW21AXF003101-X
Engine Control System 1A-27 Component Layout
Legend
1 2 3 4
B-172 X-12 X-33 B-34 B-349, 9, 35 350, 0, 35 351, 1, 352
Joint connector Heater and air conditioner relay Diode VIM
J-31 J-50 J-166 P-5 P-1 & P-2 P-3 & P-4 E-3 E-115 E-113 E-94 E-94 E-114
Exhaust brake magnetic valve Neutral switch PTO accelerator sensor Frame ground Battery Battery (24 V) Glow plug Injector Common rail pressure sensor EGR vacuum sensor EGR valve Intake throttle position sensor
(011/010) (040/031) (040/211) (057/667) (057/001) (025/373)
15 E-114 16 E-98
Intake throttle motor Crank position sensor
(025/373) (826/648)
17 18 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
E-112 E-96 E-111 H-105 J-190 E-116 E-93 E-90 JJ-69 J-9 F-5 FF-16 F-19
Cam position sensor Timing control valve ECM Intermediate connector IAT sensor Suction control valve Fuel temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Inhibitor switch Left frame (center) ground Fuel seat heater fuse ENG.CONT fuse Meter fuse
(040/001) (040/001) (060/613)
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
F-22 F-25 B-346 J-7 SBF-1 SBF-2 SBF-3 SBF-5 X-18 X-22 J-177 B-274 H-4
Starter fuse Engine controller (main) fuse Left frame (front) fuse Compressor connector Main slow blow fuse Key switch slow blow fuse Glow slow blow fuse ECM slow blow fuse Main relay Glow relay EHCU Right frame (front) ground Intermediate connector
4 42 3 44 45
H H--5 7 H-8 H-6
IIn ntte errm me ed diia atte e Intermediate Intermediate
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 14 15
(825/151) (810/002) (826/646) (156/086) (230/171) (101/867)
1A-28 Engine Control System
c co on nn ne ec ctto orr connector connector
(060/820) (040/001) (040/205) (060/129) (249/001) (810/005) (810/005) (810/005) (810/005) (810/005)
(810/174) (810/174) (810/174) (810/174) (828/531) (060/046) (350/089)
46 47 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57
H-46 B-354 B-355 B-89 B-67 B-69 B-79 B-75 B-280 BB-28 282 2& B B--325 B-281 BB -51 & 52 BB-31
Intermediate connector Air vent connector Air vent connector Clutch switch Starter switch Exhaust brake switch Diagnostic connector (DLC) Accelerator switch Accelerator position sensor PTO accelerat rator co connector Idle up position switch Meter warning Warm-up switch
(825/021) (431/103) (825/001) (101/079) (101/243) (101/262) (821/001) (825/423)
Engine Control System 1A-29 Connector List No.
Connector face
No.
Connector face
B-31
B-79
B-51
B-89
B-52
B-172
B-67
B-274
B-67
B-280
B-69
B-281
B-69
B-282
B-75
B-325
1A-30 Engine Control System No.
Connector face
No.
Connector face
B-346
E-90
B-349
E-93
B-350
E-94
B-351
E-98
B-352
E-111
E-112
B-355
B-354
1
E-113
2
3
E-3
E-114
Engine Control System 1A-31 No.
Connector face
E-115
No.
J-31
J-50
E-116
Connector face
H-4
J-177
H-4
J-177
J-191
H-46
H-46
P-2
(24V)
P-3 J-9 (24V)
1A-32 Engine Control System No.
H-5
Connector face
P-4 (24V)
P-5
(24V)
(24V)
H-105
P-1
X-12
H-6
X-18
1
1
2
2
H-6
H-7
X-33
2
1
8 7 6 5
5 6 7 8
1
4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4
2
9 10 1 1 1 12 213
1415161718 14151 61718
H-8
131 12 2111 10 0 9 1817161514
X-22
LNW21ASH010901
Engine Control System 1A-33 H-7
H-8
1
2
H-6
2
1
H 6
1
2
H-7
2
1
1 2 3 4
4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 11 1 2 1 3 14151617 14151 617 18
8 7 6 5 H-8
1 3 12 12 1 1 1 0 9 1817161514 18171 61514
LNW21ASH010901
ECM Pinouts
1A-34 Engine Control System
81-Way Connector (Engine side)
Pin No.
Connected to
Pin No.
Connected to
1
Injectors #1 and #3
42
Injector #3 (cylinder 4)
2
Injectors #1 and #3
43
Injector #1 (cylinder 1)
3
—
44
—
4
Injectors #2 and #4
45
—
5
Injectors #2 and #4
46
Sensor ground (ECT, FT)
6
CKP sensor (–)
47
—
7
—
48
FT sensor signal
8
CMP sensor signal
49
ECT sensor signal
9
—
50
—
10
—
51
—
11
—
52
—
12
—
53
—
13
Air conditioner
54
—
14
—
55
—
15
—
56
—
16
Intake throttle DC motor (+)
57
—
17
—
58
EGR DC motor (–)
18
—
59
EGR DC motor (+)
19
—
60
—
20
—
61
—
21
—
62
—
22
—
63
5 V sensor power (ITP, common rail pressure, EGR)
23
Injector #4 (cylinder 2)
64
5 V sensor ground 1 (ITP)
24
Injector #2 (cylinder 3)
65
—
Engine Control System 1A-35 Pin No.
Connected to
Pin No.
Connected to
25
CKP sensor (+)
66
Common rail pressure sensor signal
26
Shi Shield gr grou oun nd (CMP, CKP, comm commo on rail pressure)
67
Common rail pressure sensor signal
27
CMP sensor ground
68
EGR valve position sensor signal
28
—
69
ITP sensor signal
29
—
70
—
30
—
71
—
31
—
72
—
32
—
73
—
33
—
74
SCV (LO)
34
—
75
SCV (LO)
35
Intake throttle DC motor (–)
76
—
36
—
77
—
37
—
78
—
38
—
79
—
39
—
80
SCV (HI)
40
—
81
SCV (HI)
41
—
—
—
40-Way Connector (Vehicle side) Pin No.
Connected to
Pin No.
Connected to
82
—
102
Starter cut relay
83
5 V sensor power 2 (IAT)
103
—
84
AP sensor signal
104
—
85
—
105
—
86
—
106
—
87
Casing ground
107
—
88
DLC (Tech 2 communications)
108
Shield ground (AP)
89
VIM (CAN communications)
109
Starter switch (ON)
90
5 V sensor power 2 (AP)
110
Idle position switch
91
IAT sensor signal
111
—
92
—
112
DLC (diagnostic switch)
93
—
113
Starter switch (ST)
94
5 V sensor ground 2 (AP)
114
ECM power
95
Signal ground
115
ECM power
96
—
116
ECM power
97
VIM (CAN communications)
117
Main relay
98
Glow relay
118
Main relay
1A-36 Engine Control System Pin No.
Connected to
Pin No.
Connected to
99
CHECK ENGINE lamp
119
ECM power ground
100
—
120
ECM power ground
101
—
121
ECM power ground
VIM Pinouts
Engine Control System 1A-37
26-Way Connector Pin No.
Connected to
Pin No.
Connected to
1
—
39
VIM power ground
2
Exhaust brake solenoid valve
40
—
3
ECO (power save) relay
41
—
4
Exhaust brake lamp
42
Glow lamp
5
—
43
—
6
—
44
Neutral (P/N) switch
7
PTO switch
45
—
8
—
46
Starter switch (ST)
9
DLC (diagnostic switch)
47
Freezer switch
10
—
48
Stop lamp switch
11
—
49
Clutch switch
12
Warm-up (QWS) switch
50
Exhaust brake switch
13
—
51
—
Pin No.
Connected to
Pin No.
Connected to
14
VS sensor signal
52
VIM power ground
15
ABS/ASR controller
53
AT controller
16-Way Connector
16
AT controller
54
Voice alarm unit (idle stop)
17
ABS/ASR controller
55
—
18
AT controller
56
AT controller
19
ABS/ASR controller
57
20
—
58
—
21
—
59
AT controller
ABS/ASR controller
1A-38 Engine Control System 12-Way Connector Pin No.
Connected to
Pin No.
Connected to
22
—
60
Signal ground
23
—
61
—
24
DLC (Tech 2 communications)
62
—
25
—
63
—
26
ECM (CAN communications)
64
—
27
ECM (CAN communications)
65
Shield ground (CAN communications)
Pin No.
Connected to
Pin No.
Connected to
28
—
66
VIM power ground
29
—
67
—
30
Idle up volume
68
—
31
PTO accelerator sensor signal
69
—
32
—
70
—
33
—
71
5 V sensor ground 1 (PTO, IDL UP)
34
5 V sensor power 1 (PTO, IDL UP)
72
—
35
—
73
Casing ground
36
Starter switch (ON)
74
—
37
—
75
VIM power
38
VIM power
76
VIM power
22-Way Connector
Strategy-Based Diagnostics Strategy-Based System Diagnostics The system diagnostic is a uniform approach to repair all electrical/electronic (E/E) systems. In the E/E system, different from general vehicle problems, faults frequently occur along the steps shown as follows. 1. Initi Initial al st stag age: e: • A sing single le fault fault oc occurs curs for a short while and, therefore, the customer may miss it. In this
3. Real Realis isti tic c fau fault lt:: • The fa fault ult occurs occurs certai certainly nly and and the the customer customer complaint is realistic and clear. You can reproduce the fault. However, there may exist two or more causes. = Current fault The diagnostic flow can always be used to resolve an E/E system problem and is a starting point when repairs are necessary. The following steps will instruct
stage, the customer complaint is unclear and the fault cannot be reproduced. But, the ECM may have stored the fault. = Past fault 2. Mi Midd ddle le sta stage: ge: • A sing single le fault fault occurs occurs for a short short while while but is is observed intermittently. It always occurs under certain conditions. The customer complaint (description of fault) is clear but fault occurrence conditions are unidentified. If you comprehend these conditions, you can reproduce the trouble. = Intermittent fault (intermittent)
the technician how to proceed with a diagnosis: 1. Verif erify y the custome customerr complaint complaint:: • To verify the customer customer com complaint plaint,, the technicia technician n should know the normal operation of the system. 2. Perform Perform preli prelimin minary ary che checks cks:: • Con Conduc ductt a thorou thorough gh visual visual in inspe specti ction. on. • Rev Review iew the serv service ice hist history ory.. • Det Detect ecting ing u unusu nusual al so sound unds s or odors. odors. • Gat Gather her DTC (d (diag iagnost nostic ic tro troubl uble e code) information using Tech 2 3. Check bullet bulletins ins and other other service service informat information. ion. 4. Refer to “Symptom “Symptom Di Diagnosis agnosis Chart” in this this manual.
Engine Control System 1A-39 • “Sympton “Sympton Diagnosis Diagnosis Chart” contain contain informati information on on a system that may not be suppored by one o ne or more DTCs. Sympton Diagnosis Chart verify proper
3. Use a check check sheet sheet or other method to identi identify fy the circuit or electrical system component.
operation of the system. This will lead the technician in an organized approach to diagnostics.
No Trouble Found This condition exists when the vehicles is found to operate normally. The condition described by the customer may be normal. Verify the customer complaint against another vehicle that is operating normally. The condition may be intermittent. Verify the complaint under the conditions described by the customer before releasing the vehicle.
5. Refer to to related related description descriptions s such as as those for engine mechanicals. DTC Stored Follow the designated DTC chart exactly to make an effective repair. No DTC Select the symptom from the “Sympton Diagnosis Chart”. Follow to the diagnostic paths or suggestions to complete the repair.check You may to thecheck. applicable components/system in therefer functional No Matching Symptom 1. Analyze Analyze the compla complaint int.. 2. Develo Develop p a plan for for diagnos diagnostic tics. s. 3. Utilize Utilize the wiring wiring diagrams diagrams and and the theory theory of operation. Call technical assistance for similar cases where repair history may be available. Combine technician knowledge with efficient use of the available service information.
2. Repair Repair and verify verify.. After isolating the cause, the repairs should be made. Validate for proper operation and verify that the symptom has been corrected. This may involve road testing or other methods to verify that the complaint has been resolved under the following conditions: • Con Condit dition ions s noted noted by the custo customer mer.. • If a DTC w was as diagn diagnose osed, d, ver verify ify a re repai pairr by duplicating conditions present when the DTC was set as noted by Tech 2 data. Verifying Vehicle Repair
Intermittents Conditions that are not always present are call intermittents. To resolve intermittents, perform the following steps. 1. Observe history history DTCs, DTCs, DTC mo modes, des, and engine data. 2. Evaluate Evaluate
1. Reexam Reexamine ine tthe he co compl mplaint aint.. When the complaint cannot be successfully found or isolated, a re-evaluation is necessary. The complaint should be re-verified and could be intermittent as defined in Intermittents, or could be normal.
the
symptoms symptoms
and
the
conditi condition on
When the electronic control system has been repaired, it is necessary to verify the repair is appropriate. If the repair is incomplete, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) may be lit again while the vehicle is released, or the drivability may be impaired. Particularly for the intermittents, it is necessary to reproduce the trouble
under the same conditions described by the customer and check the trouble is no longer found.
described by the customer. No.
Item
Objective
Method
1
Verifying the DTC
To check the DTC is not set after the repair.
Clear the previous DTC. Sufficiently warm up the engine under idling, and increase the engine speed to 2200 rpm and provide racing to verify
2
Verifying the idle speed after warm-up
To check the idle control is normally performed.
3
Verifying Tech 2 data list
To provide basic checking for engine control and communication conditions.
Monitor Tech Tech 2 data list and examine the data using typical value sheet. Check typical values in Tech 2 data list.
4
Verifying the restartability
To check the start control correctly works.
Upon completion of engine warm-up, verify the cranking time is not more than 5 seconds and the engine speed is stable after startup.
the test conditions. Upon completion of engine warm-up, verify the idle speed is 575 rpm for a manual transmission vehicle or 640 rpm for an automatic transmission vehicle with the air conditioner turned off. If a fault is detected, refer to "Instable idling" in "Sympton Diagnosis Chart" to identify the cause.
1A-40 Engine Control System No. 5
Item Verifying the electromagnetic compatibility of strong electric wave emission equipment
Objective
Method
To check electric wave emission equipment such as transceiver, if added, does not emit interfering waves.
Turn on and off the electric wave emission equipment, such as transceiver, to check whether idle speed will change. If a problem is found, inform the customer that the electric wave emission equipment must be dislocated or changing the power is needed.
Supplementary description about strong electric wave emission equipment: If a problem is found in this checking, provide the following advices to the customer. • To install install the a antenna ntenna away from from the vehicle vehicle electronic system components such as control unit and sensors as far as possible.
that were not previously monitored prior to OBD diagnostics. Vehicle maintenance cannot be classified as "non-vehicle fault", but with the sensitivity of OBD diagnostics, vehicle maintenance schedules must be more closely followed. Related system faults
• To install install the antenna antenna cord cord at least least 20 cm away away from the vehicle electronic system components such as control unit and sensors.
Many of OBD system diagnostics will not run if the ECM detects a fault on a related system or component.
• Do not not arrange arrange th the e ante antenna nna cord cord together together with other cables. In addition, isolate the antenna cord from other cables as far as possible.
Visual/Physical Engine Compartment Inspection
• Install Install additional additional devices devices certainly certainly according according to respective instruction manuals. • Do not not install install high-power high-power m mobile obile communicatio communication n equipment.
Perform a careful visual/physical engine compartment inspection when performing diagnostic procedure. This can often lead repairing a problem without further steps. Use the following guidelines when performing a visual/physical inspection. • Inspec Inspectt all vacuum hoses for punches, punches, cuts, disconnects, and correct routing.
CAUTION: Follow the steps below when you verify repairs on
• Inspec Inspectt hoses that ar are e difficult difficult to see behind other components.
OBD Failurerepairs. to follow these steps could resultsystems. in unnecessary
• Inspec Inspectt all harnesses harnesses in the engine engine compart compartment ment for proper connections, burned or chafed spots,
1. Review Review and record record Tech Tech 2 data data relative relative to the issued DTC.
pinched harnesses, contact with sharp edges or contact with hot exhaust manifolds or pipes.
2. Clear Clear the DTC(s). DTC(s). 3. Operate Operate the vehicle vehicle while while checking checking the associated associated Tech 2 data. Non-OEM parts All of the OBD diagnostics have been calibrated to run with OEM parts. Therefore, installation of general onmarket sensors or switches are will result in incorrect OBD diagnostics and CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) activation. If on-market electronic devices such as mobile phones, stereos, and theft deterrent system are improperly installed, EMI (electromagnetic interference) radiation occurs and affects the control system. As a result, incorrect data are sent from sensors to turn on the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). To diagnose the vehicle with the OBD system, turn off or remove all the onmarket parts. Poor Vehicle Maintenance The sensitivity of OBD diagnostics will cause the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) to turn on if the vehicle is not maintained properly. Restricted oil filters, fuel filters, and crankcase deposits due to lack of oil changes or improper oil viscosity can trigger actual vehicle faults
Basic Knowledge of Tools Required IMPORTANT: Lack of basic knowledge of this powertrain when performing diagnostic procedures could result in an incorrect diagnosis or damage to powertrain components. Do not attempt to diagnose a powertrain problem without this basic knowledge. A basic understanding of hand tools, including scan tool, is necessary to effectively use this section of the Service Manual. On-Board Diagnostic Tests The diagnostic test is a series of steps, the result of which is a pass or fail reported to the Diagnostic Executive. When a diagnostic test reports a pass result, the Diagnostic Executive records the following data: • The di diagnost agnostic ic test test has been c complet ompleted ed since since the last ignition cycle. • The di diagnosti agnostic c test has pa passed ssed during the current current ignition cycle. • The fau fault lt identified identified by th the e diagn diagnostic ostic test is not currently active.
Engine Control System 1A-41 When a diagnostic test reports a fail result, the Diagnostic Executive records the following data: • The diagnosti diagnostic c test has been been completed completed since the last ignition cycle. • The fault fault identifi identified ed by the diagnost diagnostic ic test test is currently active. • The fault fault has been ac active tive during during this this ignition ignition cycle. cycle. • The operating operating conditions conditions at at the time time of the failure. failure.
• Engi Engine ne sp spee eed d • Veh ehic icle le spe speed ed • ECT ((eng engine ine coola coolant nt tempe temperat rature) ure) • IAT IAT (in (intak take e air te tempe mperatu rature) re) • AP ((acce acceler lerato atorr posit position ion)) • FT (fu (fuel el tempera temperature ture)) • Idle Idle p pos osit itio ion n swit switch ch • Co Commo mmon n ra rain in pres pressu sure re
Comprehensive Component Monitor Diagnostic Operation
Diagnostic Executive
Comprehensive component monitoring diagnostics are required to operate the engine properly.
The Diagnostic Executive is a unique segment of software that is designed to coordinate and prioritize the diagnostic procedures as well as define the
Input Components
protocol for recording and displaying their results. The main responsibilities of the Diagnostic Executive are listed as following
Input components are monitored for circuit continuity and out-of-range values. This includes rationality checking. Rationality checking refers to indicating a fault when the signal from a sensor does not seem reasonable, i.e., accelerator position sensor (APS) that indicates high throttle position at low engine loads or low intake air pressure. Input components may include, but are not limited to the following sensors: • Intake Intake ai airr temperat temperature ure (I (IA AT) sensor sensor • Crank Crank p posi ositio tion n (CKP) (CKP) s senso ensorr
• Comman Commanding ding CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) on and and off • DTC log logging ging and clearin clearing g • Tech 2 d data ata recordi recording ng • Acquiri Acquiring ng c current urrent status inform information ation on each each diagnostic Diagnostic Information
The diagnostic charts and functional checks are designed to locate a faulty circuit or component through
• Engine Engine coolan coolantt temperat temperature ure (ECT) (ECT) sensor sensor • Cam positio position n ((CMP CMP)) sensor sensor • Accele Accelerato ratorr pos positi ition on (AP (AP)) sen sensor sor • Common Common rai raill press pressure ure sen sensor sor • EGR valve valve posi positio tion n senso sensorr • Intake Intake thr thrott ottle le positi position on (ITP) (ITP) sensor sensor • Fuel tempera temperatur ture e (FT) (FT) senso sensorr • Vehicle ehicle speed speed (VS) sensor sensor Output Components Output components are diagnosed for proper response to control module commands. Components where functional monitoring is not feasible will be monitored for circuit continuity and out-of-range values if applicable. Output components to be monitored include, but are not limited to, the following circuits: • EGR EVRV • In Inta take ke thr throt ottl tle e • SCV Te Terms rms Commonly Used in i n Diagnosis
a process of logical decisions. The charts are prepared with the requirement that the vehicle functioned correctly at the time of assembly and there are not multiple faults present. There is a continuous self-diagnosis on certain control functions. This diagnostic capability is complemented by the diagnostic procedures contained in this manual. The language of communicating the source of the malfunction is a system of diagnostic trouble codes. When a malfunction is detected by the control module, a diagnostic trouble code is set and the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) is illuminated. Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) looks the same as as the MIL you are already familiar with ("Check Engine" lamp). Basically, the MIL is turned on when the electronic control system such as ECM (engine control module) fails and a DTC is detected. Data Link Connector (DLC)
Diagnostic When used as a noun, the word diagnostic refers to any on-board test run by the vehicle’s Diagnostic Management System. A diagnostic is simply a test run on a system or component to determine if the system or component is operating according to specification. There are many diagnostics, shown in the following list.
The provision of communication with the control module is the data link connector (DLC). The DLC is used to connect to Tech 2, or a scan tool. Some common uses of Tech 2 are listed below. • Identi Identifying fying stored diagno diagnostic stic trouble trouble c codes odes ((DTCs) DTCs) • Cl Clea eari ring ng DTC DTCs s • Perf Perform orming ing outpu outputt control control ttests ests
• EGR (exha (exhaust ust ga gas s recirc recirculat ulation) ion)
1A-42 Engine Control System • Read Readin ing g ser seria iall d data ata
1. Turn on the starter starter swi switch tch and check check the C CHECK HECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) is turned on. (Bulb check)
Verifying Vehicle Repair Verification of vehicle repair will be more comprehensive for vehicles with on-board diagnostic (OBD) system diagnostic. Following a repair, the technician should perform the following steps:
2. Keep the starter starter switc switch h turned on and the the engine engine turned off. 3. Short pins pins 6 and and 4 on th the e DLC. The DLC is a black black 16-way connector and located at the lower right corner of the instrument panel.
1. Review Review and record DTC DTC diagnosed diagnosed or Tech Tech 2 data or both. 2. Clea Clearr DTC DTC(s (s). ). 3. Operate Operate the vehicl vehicle e within within described by Tech 2 data.
the
conditi conditioned oned
4. Monitor Monitor the DTC status status informatio information n for the specific specific DTC that has been diagnosed until the ECM performs the diagnostic test associated with that DTC. Following these steps is very important in verifying repairs OBD systems. Failure to follow these steps could result in unnecessary repairs.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Whenever the starter switch is turned on, the ECM executes self-testing for almost wirings and components and, when detects a system fault, stores it and enables backup control according to the DTC set. When a fault occurs that will affect the running, the ECM turns on the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) in the meter panel or blinks the exhaust indicator lamp to inform the driver of the fact.
4. On the the CHEC CHECK K ENGINE ENGINE la lamp mp (MI (MIL), L), read read the number of blinks. 5. Identify Identify the DTC from tthe he DTC DTC Chart. Chart.
Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Diagnostic Trouble Codes Not Stored
Current and past DTCs stored to the ECM can be visualized in the form of blinking CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) when the DLC (data link connector) is shorted. To this end, provide the following steps.
Code 12 that shows initiation of indication is repeatedly displayed.
Engine Control System 1A-43 Diagnostic Trouble Codes Stored Code 12 that is displayed three times and then stored code is displayed three times. When multiple DTCs are stored, each code is displayed three times, starting from the lowest number. After all DTCs are displayed, above sequence is repeated from code 12 as long as DLC is being shorted. eg.,) Display Start Cord "12" Display Start
0.4
0.4
Turn On
Turn Off 3.2
1.2
3.2
Unit (sec)
eg.,) Trouble Cord "21" Display Start 0.4
0.4
Turn On
urn Off 3.2
1.2
3.2
Unit (sec)
eg.,1 : Diagnostic Trouble Codes not Stored 12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Endless Display
24
24
12
12
12
21
21
21
Endless Display
eg.,2 : Diagnostic Trouble Codes "21", "24" Stored 12
12
12
21
21
21
24
LNW21AMF000601-X
Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the steps listed below. • Keep the the starter starter switch switch tu turned rned on and the the engine engine turned off. • Short Short the data data link link c conn onnect ector or.. Perform the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn on on the idle idle position position switc switch h for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
1A-44 Engine Control System ECM Voltage and Continuity Test/Measurement To test and measure the ECM for voltage and continuity, use a circuit breaker box and 4HL1 adapter harness.
4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
Functional Check List Hearing
The objective is to comprehend the symptom completely based on the customer complaint and provide accurate diagnostic.
On-Board Diagnostic System Check
The objective is to identify the faulty portion on the electronic engine control system. (Checking procedure)
Inactive CHECK ENGINE Lamp (MIL) Check
The objective is to check the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) when it is not turned on even after starter switch turn-on.
Active CHECK ENGINE Lamp (MIL) Check
The objective is to check the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) when it does not blink (i.e., it keeps continuous lighting) even after diagnostic switch turn-on.
ECM Power Supply and Grounding System Circuit Check
The objective is to check ECM power supply and grounding system circuits when they seem to be faulty. faulty.
Hearing Diagnostic 1. Using the Engi Engine ne Control Control System System Diagnosti Diagnostic c Chart, completely hear and comprehend the customer complaint. Reference: Proceed the process by focusing on the possible faulty system estimated from the fault (fact) instead of random hearing. 2. Judge the failure failure informat information ion accuratel accurately. y. Comprehend the situation concretely based on 5W1H principle. Example: Low temperature, startup stage,
Key points on hearing
• What
• Faulty event
• When
• Date and time, generation frequency
• Where
• Situation of road
• State
• Running condition, driving condition, weather conditions
• Result
• Feeling of fault
permanent sound, etc. generation, vicinity of engine, metallic
Engine Control System 1A-45 Engine Control System Diagnostic Chart When receiving the vehicle from the customer in the service factory, you must verify both the symptom and failure data using the Engine Control System
Diagnostic Chart.
Legend 1. Sy Sym mptom 2. Failure generation generation frequenc frequency y and conditi conditions ons The reason why this sheet is needed is as follows. 1. The symptom symptom may may not be reproduced reproduced in the service factory f actory.. 2. The customer customer complain complaintt is always always not not represent represent failure. 3. If failure failure conditions conditions are not not input to to the responsibl responsible e technician correctly, unwanted repair man-hours will be generated. • The Engine Engine Control Control System Diagnostic Diagnostic Chart helps diagnostic, repair, and repair verification.
1A-46 Engine Control System
Engine Control System Diagnostic Chart
Inspector: Vehicle model and model year
Customer
Vehicle ID Driver Engine model Vehicle acceptance date
Engine ID Engine type
Registration No.
Odometer reading
No engine start
Poor startability
No cranking
km
No initial combustion
Incomplete initial combustion
Long cranking (6 seconds or more) Others
Instable idling m o t p m y S
Incorrect idle speed (idle speed enters into typical range after warm-up) Rough idling (idle speed deviates from the typical range after warm-up)
Poor driveability
Surging
Knocking
Unusual sound
Others
Vibration at idling
High (
rpm)
Low (
rpm)
Others Extensive black/white smoke
Engine vibration
At release of accelerator pedal
Immediately after engine startup Engine stall
Unusual idle speed
At operation of A/C
Immediately after engine oil replacement
At gear shifting
Others
Engine has transverse vibration and body has vertical vibration (engine’s vertical vibration is weaker than body’s vibration)
Data observed at fault occurrence
Fault generation frequency
Always
Occasionally (cycles:
times/month)
Once
Others
s n o i t i d n o c t l u a F
Weather
Clear
Temperature
30 C or above
Place
Engine temperature
Driving conditions
Cloudy
20-30 C Suburban area
Rough road
Others
Cold
Warm-up
Snowy
0 C or below (
Urban area
After warm-up
Startup
Immediately after startup (
Driving
Steady-speed d drriving
ON
Combined/ others
10-15 C
Highway
A/C SW ON/OFF
Check Engine lamp
Rainy
Uphill slope
Coolant temperature minutes) Acceleration
C) Downhill slope
C
Oil temperature
Idling
C
Racing Deceleration
Others
Occasionally ON
OFF
Past DTC Present
Date (year/month/day) Fault history
Date (year/month/day)
LNW21AXF000701-X
Engine Control System 1A-47 On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check SBF 100A
Battery
SBF 50A
3W/L
G / W 3 SBF
IG (ST)
IG (ON)
#22 10A
#19 15A
50A SBF 30A G / W 2
0.5B
Main Relay
DLC
W / R G 5 . 0 11 2
B S 5 . 0 88
Y / L 5 . 0 118
Y / L 5 . 0 117
R R / R / / W W W 5 5 5 2 . . 2 . 2 1 1 1 11 6 115 114
SBF 60A
Glow Relay CHECK ENGINE Lamp
Glow Relay
W / B 5 . 0 113
121 120 119 B B B 5 5 5 2 . . 2 . 2 0 1 1
O / B 5 7 . 0 10 9
B / Y 5 . 0 99
95 8 7 B B 5 5 . 7 . 0 0
ECM (Engine Control Module)
LNW21ALF006001-X
Circuit Description The on-board diagnostic (OBD) system check is a starting point for any driveability complaint diagnosis. Before using this procedure, perform a visual/physical check of the ECM (engine control module), VIM (vehicle interface module), and engine grounds for cleanliness and tightness. The OBD system check is an organized approach to identifying a problem created by an electronic engine control system malfunction. Diagnostic Aids An intermittent may be caused by a poor connection, a rubbed-through wire insulation, or a wire broken inside the insulator. Check for the following conditions and, if a fault is found, perform repair or replacement. • Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating,
rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3: The CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) should be "ON" steady with the starter switch "ON"/engine "OFF". If not, "Inactive CHECK ENGINE Lamp (MIL) Check" should be used to isolate the malfunction. 4: Check the data communication circuit and ensures that both ECM and VIM are able to transmit serial data. 5: When pins are jumpered and the voltage reads 0 V, the cause is open wiring. When pins are not jumpered and the voltage reads 24 V, the cause is short. 10: This test ensures that the ECM is capable of controlling the MIL and the MIL driver circuit is not shorted to ground. If a problem presents, the vehicle
broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for
should be repaired using "Unblinking MIL Check".
1A-48 Engine Control System 13: A Tech 2 parameter that is not within the typical range may help to isolate the area that is causing the problem. Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to "Inactive CHECK ENGINE Lamp (MIL) Check" and go to Step 4
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 5
∞Ω
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
—
Verify repair and go to Step 8
—
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Check the main relay. relay. 1
1. 2.
Remo Remove ve th the em mai ain n rrel elay ay.. Ch Chec eck k th the e ma main in rel relay ay ffor or ope open n wiri wiring ng o or r short-circuit.
—
Is the main relay in normal condition? Replace the main relay 2
— Is the action complete? Observe the CHECK ENGINE lamp for operation.
3
1.
St Star arter ter sw swit itch ch "ON "ON", ", eng engin ine e "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Ob Obser serve ve th the eC CHE HECK CK ENGIN ENGINE E lam lamp. p.
—
Is the CHECK ENGINE lamp "ON" for 5 seconds after starter switch "ON"? Check the data communications are normally established.
4
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
In Inst stal alll Tech 2.
3.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "ON" "ON"..
4.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, disp displa lay y engin engine e data. data.
—
Does Tech Tech 2 display d isplay engine data? Check the data communication circuit for open wiring or short.
5
1.
Starter Starter switch switch "OFF", "OFF", and dis discon connec nectt tthe he ECM and VIM.
2.
Jump Jumper er the the dat data a link link con conne nect ctor or (DL (DLC) C) pins, and measure resistances at ECM and VIM connectors.
Was a problem found?
ECM pins 88-87 (jumpered: pins 4-7): 0Ω (not jumpered): ∞Ω
VIM pins 24-73 (jumpered: pins 4-7): 0Ω (not jumpered):
Repair or replace the faulty harness. 6 Is the action complete? 7
Check the operation of Tech 2 with another vehicle.
—
Is the Tech Tech 2 in normal con condition? dition? Repair or replace Tech 2. 8
—
Is the action complete?
Go to Step 4
—
Engine Control System 1A-49 Step
Action 1.
Value(s)
Yes
No
Go to Step 4
—
Go to Step 11
Refer to "Unblinking CHECK ENGINE Lamp Check" and go to Step St ep 11
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: 9
If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Observe the CHECK ENGINE lamp for operation. 1. 10 2.
Sh Short ort DLC DLC (D (Dat ata a Link Link C Conn onnec ecto tor) r) pins pins 4 and 6 and turn on the diagnostic switch.
—
St Star arter ter sw swit itch ch ""ON ON", ", and and obs obser erve ve the the CHECK ENGINE lamp.
Does the CHECK ENGINE lamp blink?
Go to the
Using Tech Tech 2, check DTC. 11
Is DTC detected?
—
appropriate DTC Chart.
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 13
Refer to “Symptom Diagnosis Chart” and go to Step 13
The OBD system is in normal condition
Refer to "Test Description"
Start the engine. 12
13
Does the engine start and continue running? 1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, disp displa lay y engin engine e data. data.
2.
Compare Compare engine engine data data to to Tech Tech 2 typi typical cal values.
Do engine data almost agree with typical values?
—
—
1A-50 Engine Control System Inactive CHECK ENGINE Lamp Check
SBF 100A
Battery
G / W 3 SBF 50A SBF 30A G / W 2
0.5B
Main Relay
DLC
W / R G 5 . 0 11 2
B S 5 . 0 88
SBF 50A
3W/L
Y / L 5 . 0 118
Y / L 5 . 0 117
R R R / W W / W / 5 5 5 2 . . 2 . 2 1 1 1 11 6 115 114
SBF 60A
IG (ST)
IG (ON)
#22 10A
#19 15A
Glow Relay CHECK ENGINE Lamp
Glow Relay
W / B 5 . 0 113
121 120 119 B B B 5 5 5 2 . . 2 . 2 0 1 1
O / B 5 7 . 0 10 9
B / Y 5 . 0 99
ECM (Engine Control Module)
95 8 7 B B 5 5 . 7 . 0 0
LNW21ALF006001-X
Circuit Description After the starter switch is turned on, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) is lit for 5 seconds and then turned off. The power is supplied to this lamp from the battery via the starter switch. The ECM recognizes the ON signal from the starter switch and turns on the CHECK ENGINE lamp. Diagnostic Aids An intermittent may be caused by a poor connection, a rubbed-through wire insulation, or a wire broken inside the insulator. Check for the following conditions and, if a fault is found, perform repair or replacement.
• Damag Damaged ed harness: harness: Inspect Inspect the wi wiring ring harness harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 2: When other lamps in the meter are turned on, the power circuit from the battery to the CHECK ENGINE lamp is sound.
• Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection.
Engine Control System 1A-51 Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed? Check other lamps in the meter (such as parking brake lamp and charge lamp) are turned on. 2
1.
Star Starte terr swi switc tch h "ON" "ON"..
2.
Ch Chec eck k th the e lamp lamp powe powerr-on on s sta tatus tus in the the meter.
—
Are other lamps "ON"? 3
Check the SBF (key switch: 50 A) and fuse (meter back: 15 A).
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Refer to "ECM Power Supply and Grounding System Circuit Check" and go to Step 19
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 4
Verify repair and go to Step 23
—
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
—
Are SBF and fuse in normal condition? Replace the SBF or fuse. 4
Yes
— Is the action complete? Check the power is supplied to the SBF (key switch: 50 A).
5
1.
Remov ove e the SBF. BF.
2.
Star Starte terr swi switc tch h "ON" "ON"..
3.
Me Meas asur ure e the the connector.
volt voltag age e
16 ~ 32V at at
the the
SBF
Was the voltage within range? Check the battery voltage for correctness. 6
Is the battery voltage is normal condition?
16 ~ 32V
Charge or replace the battery. battery. 7
—
Verify repair and
Is the action complete? 8
go to Step 23
Check battery cables for poor connection or open wiring.
—
Are battery cables in normal condition? Repair or replace battery cables. —
9 Is the action complete?
Go to Step 23
Go to Step 9
Verify repair and go to Step 23
—
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 12
Verify repair and go to Step 23
—
Yes
No
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 13
Verify repair and go to Step 23
—
Go to Step 16
Go to Step 15
Verify repair and go to Step 23
—
Go to Step 18
Go to Step 17
Check the power is supplied to the fuse (meter back: 15 A). 10
1. 2.
Remov ove e tth he ffu use. Star Starte terr swi switc tch h "ON" "ON"..
3.
Me Meas asur ure e the the connector.
vo volt ltag age e
16 ~ 32V at at
the the
fuse fuse
Was the voltage within range?
11
Repair or replace the harness between fuse (meter back: 15 A) and CHECK ENGINE lamp.
—
Is the action complete?
1A-52 Engine Control System Step
Action
Value(s)
Check the CHECK ENGINE lamp bulb. 12
1.
Re Remov move e th the e CHECK CHECK ENGIN ENGINE E lamp lamp b bul ulb. b.
2.
Chec Check k tthe he bulb bulb is brok broken en..
—
Is the bulb in normal condition? Replace the bulb. —
13 Is the action complete? Check the power is supplied to the starter switch. 14
1.
Discon Disconnec nectt the the start starter er swit switch ch connect connector or..
2.
Me Meas asur ure e the the volt voltag age e betw between een star starter ter switch connector pin (vehicle side) and ground (e.g., frame or body).
Pin 2-ground: 16-32 V
Was the voltage within range? 15
Repair or replace the harness between SBF (key switch: 50 A) and starter switch.
—
Is the action complete? Check the starter switch.
16
1.
Remo Remove ve the the s sta tart rter er swi switc tch. h.
2.
Star Starte terr swi switc tch h "ON" "ON"..
3.
Ch Chec eck k the c con ontin tinui uity ty betw betwee een n start starter er switch pins.
Is the starter switch in normal condition?
Pins 2-3: Continued
Replace the starter switch. —
17 Is the action complete? 18
Repair or replace the harness between starter switch and fuse (meter back: 15 A).
—
Is the action complete?
Verify repair and go to Step 23
—
Verify repair and go to Step 23
—
Go to Step 21
Go to Step 20
Verify repair and go to Step 23
—
Refer to "Diagnostic Ai Aids"
Go to to S Sttep 2 22 2
Check the circuit between ECM and CHECK ENGINE lamp for open wiring. 19
1.
Disc Discon onne nect ct tthe he met meter er con connec nector tor A.
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Ch Chec eck k th the e conti continu nuit ity y betw betwee een n meter meter and and ECM connectors pins.
Pins A5-99: Continued (Meter) (ECM).
Is the circuit in normal condition? 20
Repair or replace the harness between ECM and CHECK ENGINE lamp.
—
Is the action complete? Re-observe the CHECK ENGINE lamp for operation. 1. 21 2.
Certai Certainly nly ins instal talll necess necessary ary com compon ponent ents s such as connectors, fuses, and relays.
—
St Star arter ter sw swit itch ch ""ON ON”, ”, and and o obs bserv erve e the the CHECK ENGINE lamp.
Is the CHECK ENGINE lamp "ON"?
Engine Control System 1A-53 Step
Action 1.
22
Value(s)
Yes
No
Verify repair and go to Step 2
—
Repair is complete
Go to Step 1
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
Important: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to replacing the ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Re-observe the CHECK ENGINE lamp for operation. 1. 23 2.
Certai Certainly nly ins instal talll necess necessary ary com compon ponent ents s such as connectors, fuses, and relays. St Star arter ter sw swit itch ch ""ON ON", ", and and obs obser erve ve the the CHECK ENGINE lamp.
Is the CHECK ENGINE lamp "ON"?
—
1A-54 Engine Control System Unblinking CHECK ENGINE Lamp Check SBF 100A
Battery
G / W 3 SBF 50A SBF 30A G / W 2
0.5B
DLC
W / R B G S
SBF 50A
3W/L
SBF 60A
IG (ST)
IG (ON)
#22 10A
#19 15A
Glow Relay CHECK ENGINE Lamp
Main Relay
R R / R / / Y / W W W / Y L L 5 5 5
Glow
W / B
O / B 5
B / Y
5 . 5 . 0 0 11 2 8 8
5 . 0 118
5 . 2 . 2 . 2 . 0 1 1 1 117 11 6 115 114
5 7 5 . . . 0 0 0 113 109 99
Relay
121 120 119 B B B 5 5 5 2 . . 2 . 2 0 1 1
ECM (Engine Control Module)
95 8 7 B B 5 5 . 7 . 0 0
LNW21ALF006001-X
Circuit Description After are shorted (i.e., the diagnostic switchto is turnedDLC on),pins the CHECK ENGINE lamp starts blinking indicate the engine and related systems are in faulty or normal condition. The ECM recognizes the ON signal from the diagnostic switch and blinks the CHECK ENGINE lamp. Diagnostic Aids An intermittent may be caused by a poor connection, a rubbed-through wire insulation, or a wire broken inside the insulator. Check for the following conditions and, if a fault is found, perform repair or replacement.
• Damag Damaged ed harness: harness: Inspect Inspect the wi wiring ring harness harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 2: When even disconnecting the ECM does not turn off the CHECK ENGINE lamp, the ground circuit of the lamp is shorted.
• Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection.
Engine Control System 1A-55 Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed? Check the circuit between ECM and CHECK ENGINE lamp for short to ground. 2
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
St Star arter ter sw swit itch ch ""ON ON", ", and and obs obser erve ve the the CHECK ENGINE lamp.
—
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Is the CHECK ENGINE lamp "OFF"? 3
Repair or replace the harness between ECM and CHECK ENGINE lamp.
—
Is the action complete?
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 3
Verify repair and go to Step 10
—
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
Verify repair and go to Step 10
—
Check the diagnostic switch circuit for open wiring.
4
1.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
2.
Shor Shortt DL DLC pi pins 4 and and 6.
3.
Ch Chec eck k tthe he c con onti tinu nuit ity y betw between een ECM ECM connector pin and ground (e.g., frame or body).
ECM pin 112ground: Continued
Is the circuit in normal condition? Check the DLC ground circuit for open wiring. 5
1.
Ch Chec eck k th the e co cont ntin inui uity ty bet betwe ween en D DLC LC pin pin and ground (e.g., frame or body).
DLC 4/5 pinground: Continued
Is the circuit in normal condition? 6
Repair or replace the DLC ground circuit harness.
—
Is the action complete? 7
Repair or replace the harness between ECM and DLC pin 6.
—
Is the action complete? Re-observe the CHECK ENGINE lamp for operation. 8
1.
Ce Certa rtainl inly y co conne nnect ct co conn nnec ecto tors. rs.
2.
Shor Shortt DL DLC pi pins 4 and and 6.
3.
St Star arter ter sw swit itch ch ""ON ON", ", and and obs obser erve ve the the CHECK ENGINE lamp.
9
go to Step 10
—
Refer to "Diagnostic Aids"
Go to Step 9
Verify repair and go to Step 10
—
Yes
No
—
Does the CHECK ENGINE lamp blink? 1.
Verify repair and
Replace the ECM ECM.
Important: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with
—
idle stoptofunction), input the number of startups the replacing ECM. Is the action complete?
1A-56 Engine Control System Step
Action
Value(s)
Re-observe the CHECK ENGINE lamp for operation. 10
1.
Ce Certa rtainl inly y co conne nnect ct co conn nnec ecto tors. rs.
2.
Shor Shortt DL DLC pi pins 4 and and 6.
3.
St Star arter ter sw swit itch ch ""ON ON", ", and and obs obser erve ve the the
—
CHECK ENGINE lamp.
The repair is complete
Does the CHECK ENGINE lamp blink?
Go to Step 1
ECM Power Supply and Grounding System Circuit Check SBF 100A
Battery
SBF 50A
3W/L
G / W 3 SBF 50A SBF 30A G / W 2
0.5B
Main Relay
R R / R / / Y / Y / W W W L L 5 5 5 5 . 5 . . 2 . 2 . 2 0 0 1 1 1 116 115 114 118 118 117 116 115 114
SBF 60A
IG (ST)
IG (ON)
#22 10A
#19 15A
Glow Relay
Glow Relay
W / B 5 . 0 113
121 120 119 B B B 5 5 5 2 . . 2 . 2 0 1 1
O / B 5 7 . 0 109
95 87 B B 5 5 . 7 . 0 0
ECM (Engine Control Module)
LNW21ALF005001-X
Circuit Description The power is supplied to the ECM from the battery via the main relay. After the ECM recognizes r ecognizes the ON signal from the starter switch and turns on the main relay, the power is supplied to the ECM.
Engine Control System 1A-57 Diagnostic Aids
• Damag Damaged ed harness: harness: Inspect Inspect the wi wiring ring harness harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken
An intermittent may be caused by a poor connection, a rubbed-through wire insulation, or a wire broken inside the insulator. Check for the following conditions and, if a fault is found, perform repair or replacement.
inside the insulator.
• Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed? 2
Check the SBF (ECU: 50 A, engine controller: 50 A) and fuse (engine controller: 10 A).
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 3
Verify repair and go to Step 4
—
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Verify repair and go to Step 6
—
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 7
Verify repair and go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Verify repair and go to Step 10
—
—
Are the SBF and fuse in normal condition? Replace the SBF or fuse. 3
Yes
— Is the action complete? Check the ON signal is input to the ECM from the starter switch. 1. Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
4
2.
Star Starte terr swi switc tch h "ON" "ON"..
3.
Me Meas asure ure the volta voltage ge betwe between en ECM ECM connector pin and ground (e.g., frame or body)
Pin 109ground: 16 ~ 24V
Was the voltage within range? 5
Repair or replace the harness between starter switch and ECM pin 109.
—
Is the action complete? Check the power supply voltage is applied to the main relay.
6
1.
Remo Remove ve th the e mai main n re rela lay. y.
2.
Star Starte terr swi switc tch h "ON" "ON"..
3.
Me Meas asur ure e the vol voltag tage e betw betwee een n main main rela relay y connector (pin 1) and ground (e.g., frame or body).
16 ~ 32 V
Was the voltage within range? Check the power supply voltage is applied to the SBF (engine controller: 30 A). 7
1.
Remov ove e the SBF. BF.
2.
Star Starte terr swi switc tch h "ON" "ON"..
3.
Me Meas asur ure e
the the
volt voltag age e
16 ~ 32 V at at
the the
SBF
connector. Was the voltage within range? 8
Repair or replace the harness between SBF (engine controller: 30 A) and main relay. Is the action complete?
—
1A-58 Engine Control System Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
9
Repair or replace the harness between SBF (ECM: 50A) and SBF (engine controller: 30A).
—
Verify repair and go to Step 10
—
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 11
Verify repair and go to Step 12
—
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 13
Verify repair and go to Step 12
—
Check is is complete
Go to Step 15
Verify repair
—
Is the action complete? Check the main relay coil circuit for open wiring.
10
1. 2.
Remo Remove ve th the e mai main n re rela lay. y. Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Check Check the cont continu inuity ity betwee between n main main rel relay ay and ECM pin as well as main relay and ground (e.g., frame or body).
Is the circuit in normal condition?
Pins 4117/118: Continued (Main relay) (ECM) Pin 3-ground: Continued (Main relay)
Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
11 Is the action complete? Check the circuit between main relay and ECM for open wiring.
12
1.
Remo Remove ve th the e mai main n re rela lay. y.
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Check Check the cont continu inuity ity betwee between n main main rel relay ay and ECM pin.
Pins 2114/115/116: Continued (Main relay) (ECM)
Is the circuit in normal condition? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
13 Is the action complete? Check the ECM power ground circuit for open wiring. 14
1.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
2.
Ch Chec eck k th the e cont contin inui uity ty bet betwe ween en E ECM CM pin pin and ground (e.g., frame or body).
Pin 119/120/ 121-ground: Continued
Is the circuit in normal condition? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
15 Is the action complete?
Engine Control System 1A-59 Diagnosis with Tech 2 Scan Tool Tech 2 Scan Tool Tech 2 is an effective tool for diagnosis of electrical failures on the engine control system. This scan tool is a small and lightweight handheld tester and, once connected to the DLC on a vehicle, communicates with the on-board ECM to perform various diagnostics and tests.
Legend 1. PCMC PCMCIA IA ca card rd 2. Tech 2 Features of Tech 2 • Tech Tech 2 (2) is opera operated ted at 1 12 2 V. Therefo Therefore, re, 24-V 24-V power supply must not be used for this tool. If the
3. DLC DLC c cab ablle 4. SAE 16/ 16/19-p 19-pin in adapter adapter • Insert the PC PCMCIA MCIA card card (1) iinto nto Tech Tech 2. Then, connect the DLC cable (3) and SAE 16/19-pin adapter (4) to the VCI (vehicle communication
vehicle electrical system rating is 24 V, the adapter must be connected to a 12 V battery. Tech 2 must not be powered by the cigarette lighter.
interface) of Tech 2 and connect Tech 2 to the DLC on the vehicle. • Insert or rem remove ove the the PCMC PCMCIA IA ca card rd wit with h the power supply turned off.
1A-60 Engine Control System • Tech 2 supports supports two snapsh snapshot ot capaciti capacities. es. • The PCMCIA PCMCIA card is is susceptib susceptible le to magnet magnetism ism and static electricity and, therefore, complete care should be taken in handling.
Connect Tech 2 and 12 V battery with an adapter cable.
• Tech 2 can can pl plot ot sna snapsh pshot ot graphs. graphs. • Hitting Hitting the Exit Exit key a allows llows you to return to the main main menu at any time. • To clear clear DTC(s), DTC(s), you should should open open the the applicatio application n menu and select "F1: Clear DTC Info" or "Clear DTC". Connection 1. Insert the the ISUZU System PCMCIA PCMCIA card card into Tech Tech 2. 2. Install the SAE 16/1916/19-pin pin adapter adapter to the DLC cable. 3. Connect Connect the DLC DLC cable cable to Tech 2. 4. Check the starter starter switch switch is turned turned of off. f.
5. Connect Connect the Tech Tech 2 SAE 16 16/19-pi /19-pin n adapter adapter to the DLC (data link connector = black) on the vehicle.
• If the voltage is not applied to Tec Tech h 2, check check the 3 A fuse. 6. Turn on the the starter starter swi switch tch and p press ress th the e PWR key on Tech 2. 7. Check the fol followin lowing g screen screen appears appears on the Tech 2 display.
Press (ENTER) To Continue
RUW16ESH001501-X
CAUTION:
Before inserting or removing the PCMCIA card, always check the power is not applied to Tech 2.
Engine Control System 1A-61 Operating Procedure
Vehicle Identification Select one of the following
(N*) ELF, NPR, NPR, NQR, VFR
Press (ENTER) To Continue (ELF, NPR, NQR, VFR ENTER) (ENTER) System Selection Menu (N*) ELF, NPR, NPR, NQR, VFR
Main Menu
F0 : Engine F0 : Diagnostics F1 : Transmission F2 : Chasis
F1 : Service Programming System (SPS) F2 : View Capture Data F3 : Tool Options F4 : Down load/Up load Help
F3 : Boody (F0 ENTER)
(F0 ENTER)
Vehicle Identification Select one of the following Eingine
Vehicle Identification Select one of the following Model Year(s) (3) 2003 (2) 2002 (1) 2001 (Y) 2000 (X) 1999 (W) 1998
Denso 4H* 4JHI-TC Bosch 4HL1/4HJ1(COMMON RAIL) 4HL1/4HJ1(Vehicle Interface Module) 4HE1-TC (Diesel)
(4HL1/4HJ1(COMMON RAIL) or 4HL1/4HJ1(Vehicle Interface Module) ENTER)
(2) 2002
LNW21ALH000101-X
(2002 ENTER) Menu List RUW16ELH000101-X
• The lilist st below below sh shows ows what what function function is cur currently rently
used by the Tech 2 software. F0: Diagnostic Trouble Codes F0: Read DTC Info As Stored By ECU F1: Clear DTC Information F1: Data Display F0: Data Display F1: Snapshot F2: Programming F0: Write Starting Counter F1: Write Starting Replace Counter
1A-62 Engine Control System Data Display
F2: Snaphot
• Typica Typicall valu values es are described described in the Te Tech ch 2 data data list.
F3: Actuator Test F0: Common Rail Pressure Control Test F1: Injector Balance Test
Data Display
F2: Intake Throttle Throttl e Test Test F3: EGR Control Test F4: Glow Time Relay Test
System Voltage
V
Vehicle Speed
km/h
Desired Idle Speed
RPM
Engine Speed
RPM
Menu Breakdown
Accelerator Sensor
V
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Final Accelerator Opening
%
ECT Sensor (Engine Coolant Temparature)
V
Coolant Temperature
C
• When you you find find a DTC DTC,, go to the the DTC Char Chart. t.
System Voltage
Diagnostic Trouble Codes
S el ec t I t ems
D TC
Quick Snapshot
More
F0 : Read DTC Info As Stored By ECU LNW21ASH010601-X
F1 : Clear DTC DTC Information This menu displays the current data. The contents synchronize with the vehicle status. For example, the engine coolant temperature sensor is monitored and displayed on the screen and, if the engine is idling, the temperature on the screen will be changed accordingly. • When y you ou can cannot not select select this data display menu: A fault presents on the cable between ECM and DLC. LNW21ASH001501-X
The DTC is a language allowing you to communicate with the on-board ECM. The DTC is coarsely divided into two categories, past DTC and current DTC.
• Whe When n an unusual unusual va value lue ap appear pears s fixedly fixedly:: Example - If the engine coolant temperature displayed is fixed to –40°C or +140°C, the possible cause is faulty ECT sensor, open wiring, or short. When moving connectors or wiring harnesses with hands changes the display, poor pin connection, improper pin layout, broken harness wires, or short
• Current Current DTC: DTC: A fa fault ult (f (failure) ailure) is displaye displayed d that is found in the current ignition cycle. • Past DTC: DTC: A fault fault (failure (failure)) is displayed displayed that was was found in the last or past ignition cycle. • Multiple Multiple DTC is generated generated when several several troubles troubles (failures) occur. When multiple sensors or switches share a ground, or an open wiring or short occurs on the shared power supply or ground, DTCs with respect to related sensors or switches are displayed. If several DTCs are displayed, it is necessary to inspect the shared power supply or ground for open wiring or short. Using DTC clear mode erases the vehicle DTC information from the ECM.
is a cause and, therefore, repair is needed. • When "✻" appears instead of value: The Tech 2 software is faulty. If even one asterisk is observed instead of data on the display, the PCMCIA card needs version up. Snapshot • The sna snapshot pshot mode records records menus on on the data llist ist and plots graphs. • Using this mode, mode, y you ou can reprodu reproduce ce and record customer’s claimed conditions and find faulty engine data. • You ca can n repl replay ay the reco recorde rded d data data with the commercial power applied to home outlets.
Engine Control System 1A-63 • In the snapshot snapshot after after determinatio determination n of trigger trigger type, type, you can record the data obtained when the DTC is displayed. Reviewing this data can reveal the cause of failure.
Replaying recorded data graph 1. Turn on Tech Tech 2 and and select select "Snaps "Snapshot hot dat data" a" displayed thereafter. 2. Check snapsho snapshott data titles titles app appear ear on tthe he screen. screen. 3. Select the d desired esired snapshot snapshot dat data a ti title. tle.
4. The data appears appears on the the screen. screen. To To access the graph, select "Plot" at the bottom.
5. Menu select select screen screen ap appears. pears. M Move ove to the des desired ired item and press the Enter key until three items are selected. Then, select "Approve" at the bottom. 6. The graph graph is plot plotted ted on th the e screen. screen.
Snapshot after data indication 1. Select "Data "Data Display Display"" from the the application application menu. 2. After the the vehicle vehicle data appears, appears, select select "Snapshot "Snapshot"" at the screen bottom. 3. After the elapse elapse of some some time, press press the Exit Exit key. key. 4. The screen screen changes. changes. After After "Continue" "Continue" appears at the bottom, select "Continue".
5. After "Plot" "Plot" appears appears at the the bottom, bottom, select select "Plot". "Plot". 6. The menu menu select select screen screen appears. appears. Move Move to the the desired item and press the Enter key until three items are selected. Then, select "Approve" at the bottom. 7. A graph graph is plott plotted ed on the the screen. screen. Snapshot after determination of trigger type 1. Select "Data "Data Display Display"" from the the application application menu. 2. After items items appears appears on the screen, screen, select select the desired item. 3. After the snapshot snapshot option option screen screen app appears, ears, determine the trigger type and select "Record Snapshot" at the bottom. 4. When "Standby" "Standby" blinks blinks at the upper upper right of the screen, select "Trigger" at the bottom. 5. Verify erify the trigg trigger er type. type. 6. The screen screen changes. changes. After After "Continue" "Continue" appears at the bottom, select "Continue". 7. After "Plot" "Plot" appears appears at the the bottom, bottom, select select "Plot". "Plot". 8. The menu menu select select screen screen appears. appears. Move Move to the the desired item and press the Enter key until three items are selected. Then, select "Approve" at the bottom. 9. A graph graph is plott plotted ed on the the screen. screen.
1A-64 Engine Control System Actuator test
F3: Actuator Test
F0: Common Rail Pressure Control Test
This test aims at checking the common rail pressure is correctly controlled by the ECM and common rail pressure sensor. Test procedure: 1. Select "Common Rail Pressure Control Test" from "Actuator "A ctuator Test". Test". 2. Press "Decrease" or "Increase" soft key to check the data list. 3. When the data list changes as shown below, the common rail pressure control is correctly performed. Test result Item
Increase instruction
Decrease instruction
Desired Rail Pressure (MPa)
Increase
Decrease
Actual Rail Pressure (MPa)
Increase
Decrease
SCV Duty Ratio (%)
Decrease
Increase
Common Rail Pressure Sensor (V)
Increase
Decrease
SCV Current (mA)
Decrease
Increase
Difference Between Desired And Actual Values (MPa) When a fault is found in "F0: Common rail Pressure
within ±1
When a fault is found in this test, identify regular error, irregular error, or fixed indication. Possible causes: 1. The desired rail pressure is fixed:
Control Test
Tech 2 communication error occurs or the ECM is faulty faulty.. 2. The actual rail pressure does not follow the desired rail pressure: •pressure Following under regular error = The problem lies in accuracy of common rail sensor. • Following under irregular error =The problem lies in collapsed fuel pipe, foreign material mixing-in, poor fuel system vent, unstable battery voltage, SCV aging, supply pump aging, or electrical or mechanical noise. • Fixed indication of actual rail pressure = The problem lies in shorted common rail pressure sensor system, faulty sensor, shorted SCV system, or faulty SCV.
Engine Control System 1A-65 F3: Actuator Test
F1: Injector Balance Test
This test aims at checking the injector drive signals are correctly sent to injectors to operate the devices accordingly. Test procedure: 1. Select "Injector Balance Test" from "Actuator Te Test". st". 2. Press "Next" soft key to select the injector number. 3. Press "Off" soft key to check the data list and vehicle condition. 4. When the vehicle condition changes as shown below, the injector control is correctly performed. Test result: When the injector stops, the fuel injection to the relevant cylinder stops and change in engine speeds is observed.
When a fault is found in "F1: Injector Balance Test"
Possible causes: 1. The injector system is shorted. 2. The injector is aged. (Check the cylinder-to-cylinder calibration on the data list and determine functions of the injector.) 3. The fuel pipe is collapsed. Foreign materials are mixed. 4. The fuel injection is restricted due to operation of flow damper. (After the engine is left inoperative for about 8 hours, and the injector is retested and the fault does not occur, the cause lies in operation of flow damper.)
F2: Intake
This test aims at checking the working condition of the intake throttle valve and
Throttle Test
ITP (intake throttle position) sensor. Test procedure: 1. Select "Intake Throttle Test" from "Actuator Test". 2. Press "Decrease" or "Increase" soft key to check the data list. 3. When the data list changes as shown below, the intake throttle control is correctly performed. Test result: Item
Increase instruction
Decrease instruction
Desired Intake Air Throttle Position (°C A)
Decrease
Increase
Actual Intake Throttle Position (°C A)
Decrease
Increase
Intake Throttle Duty Ratio (%)
Increase
Decrease
Intake Throttle Valve (V)
Decrease
Increase
Difference Between Desired And Actual Values (°C A) When a fault is found in "F2: Intake Throttle Test"
within ±1
When a fault is found in this test, identify regular error, irregular error, or fixed indication. Possible causes: 1. The desired intake air throttle position is fixed (no change): Tech 2 communication error occurs or o r the ECM is faulty. 2. The actual intake throttle position does not follow the desired intake throttle position: • Following under regular error = The problem lies in accuracy of ITP sensor. • Following under irregular error = The problem lies in deformed intake throttle valve, stain, foreign material mixing-in, m ixing-in, unstable or aged motor power supply, unstable battery voltage, aged motor functions, or electrical or mechanical noise. • Fixed indication of actual intake throttle position = The problem lies in shorted ITP sensor system, faulty sensor, senso r, stuck intake throttle valve, or faulty motor.
1A-66 Engine Control System F3: Actuator Test
F3: EGR Control Test
This test aims at checking the working condition of the EGR valve and EGR valve position sensor. Test procedure: 1. Select "EGR Control Test" Test" from "Actuator Test". 2. Press "Decrease" or "Increase" soft key to check the data list. 3. When the data list changes as shown below, the EGR control is correctly executed. Test result: Item
Increase instruction
Decrease instruction
EGR EG R Targe Targett Li Lift ft Posit Positio ion n (m (mm) m)
Incre Increas ase e
Decre Decreas ase e
EGR EG R Curr Curren entt Posi Positi tion on (m (mm) m)
Incr Increa ease se
De Decr crea ease se
EGR Duty Cycle (%)
Increase
Decrease
EGR Position Sensor (V)
Increase
Difference Between Desired And Actual Values (mm) When a fault is found in "F3: EGR Control Test"
Decrease
within ±1
When a fault is found in this test, identify regular error, irregular error, or fixed indication. Possible causes: 1. The EGR Target Lift valve position is fixed (no change): Tech 2 communication error occurs or o r the ECM is faulty. 2. The EGR Current valve position does not follow the EGR Target Lift valve position: • Following under regular error = The problem lies in accuracy of EGR valve position sensor. • Following under irregular error = The problem lies in deformed EGR valve, contamination, foreign material mixing-in, unstable or aged motor power supply, unstable battery voltage, aged motor functions, or electrical or mechanical noise. • Fixed indication of actual intake throttle position = The problem lies in shorted EGR valve position system, faulty sensor, se nsor, stuck EGR valve, or faulty motor.
F4: Glow Time Relay Test
This test aims at checking the working condition of the glow relay and the integrity of the glow lamp bulb. Test procedure: 1. Select "Glow Time Relay Test" from "Actuator Test". 2. Press "Run" or "Stop" soft key to check working sounds of the glow relay and the operation of the glow lamp. 3. When the glow relay and glow lamp work as shown below, the warm-up control is correctly performed. Test result: • Pressing "Run" soft key: The glow relay generates sounds and the glow lamp is lit. • Pressing "Stop" soft key: The glow relay generates sounds and the glow lamp is turned off.
When a fault is found in "F4: Glow Time Relay Test"
Possible causes: 1. No sound is generated: The glow relay system suffers from open wiring or short, or the relay is faulty. 2. The glow lamp is not turned on after "Run" soft key is hit: The glow lamp system suffers from open wiring or the lamp bulb filament is broken. 3. The glow lamp is not turned off after "Stop" soft key is hit: The glow lamp system circuit is shorted to ground .
Tech 2 typical data values The data list is used to check the condition of the vehicle (engine). The reference values (typical values) are compared to the data acquired from the actual vehicle to determine the current situation, for example,
temporary or permanent deviation, so that you can diagnose the vehicle (engine) and think out appropriate repair plan. (The menu in your Tech 2 may differ from that shown above due to software version. Also, the menu may be changed without prior notice.)
Engine Control System 1A-67 Tech 2 Engine Date ECM Date • Engine status: starter switch ON (room temperature: 20°C, all peripheral devices (air conditioner, freezer, etc.): OFF) Units displayed
Fail-safe values
Values at starter switch ON
System Voltage
V
24 (DTC84 is detected)
16 ~ 38
Vehicle Speed
k m/ h
0 (DTC84 is detected)
0
Tech 2 Data Display
Desired Idle Speed
RPM
—
Manual transmission: 657, Automatic transmission: 732 (Values will change depending on temperatures around the engine)
Engine Speed
RPM
0 (DTC84 is detected)
0
Accelerator Sensor
V
—
0.3 ~ 0.6
Final Accelerator Opening
%
0 (DTC84 is detected)
0
V
—
2.3 ~ 2.5 (The value will change depending on temperatures around the engine)
°C
Normal running phase: 55 Startup phase: –20 (DTC23 is detected) 80 (DTC84 is detected)
20 ~ 23 (The value will change depending on temperatures around the engine)
V
—
2.6 ~ 2.9 (The value will change depending on temperatures around the engine)
°C
Normal running phase: 25 Startup phase: –20 (DTC22 is detected)
20 ~ 23 (The value will change depending on temperatures around the engine)
—
2.3 ~ 2.5 (The value will change depending on temperatures around the engine)
Normal running phase: 40 Startup phase: –20 (DTC211 (DTC21 1 is detected)
20 ~ 23 (The value will change depending on temperatures around
80 (DTC84 is detected)
the engine)
V
—
Approx. 3.6
Units displayed
Fail-safe values
Values at starter switch ON
ECT Sensor (Engine Coolant Temperature)
Coolant Temperature
IAT Sensor (Intake Air Temperature)
Intake Air Temperature
Fuel Temperature Sensor
Fuel Temperature
Barometric Pressure Sensor
V
°C
1A-68 Engine Control System Tech 2 Data Display
100 (DTC61 or DTC84 is
Approx. 100 (The value will change
Barometric Pressure
kPa
detected)
depending on the barometric pressure)
Desired Rail Pressure
MP a
60 or less (DTC115, DTC118, DTC227, DTC245, or DTC247 is detected)
Actual Rail Pressure
MPa
—
0
Common Rail Pressure Sensor
V
—
Approx. 0 ~ 0.9
SCV Duty Ratio
%
—
—
mA
—
—
EGR Duty Cycle
%
—
0
EGR Position Sensor
V
—
Approx. 0.8
EGR Target Lift Position
mm
—
0
EGR Current Position
mm
—
0
Intake Throttle Valve Actual Intake Throttle position
V °CA
— —
Approx. 4.1 Approx. 92.0 ~ 93.0
Desired Intake Air Throttle Position
°CA
—
Approx. 83.0 ~ 84.5
%
—
0
mm3/st
50 or less (DTC1 (DTC115, 15, DTC118, DTC1 18, DTC227, DTC245, or DTC247 is detected)
—
°CA
—
0
Cylinder 1 Compensation
mm3/st
0 (DTC158 or DTC271 is detected)
0
Cylinder 2 Compensation
mm3/st
0 (DTC159 or DTC272 is detected)
0
Cylinder 3 Compensation
mm3/st
0 (DTC159 or DTC273 is detected)
0
Cylinder 4 Compensation
mm3/st
0 (DTC158 or DTC274 is detected)
0
Main Injection Quantity
mm3/st
—
—
Pilot Injection Quantity
mm3/st
—
—
Pilot Interval
µsec
—
—
Main Injection Period
µsec
—
0
Pilot Injection Period
µsec
—
0
Idle Position Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
ON
Idle Up Volume
V
0 (DTC84 is detected)
Approx. 0.4
PTO Accelerator Sensor
V
0 (DTC84 is detected)
0.3 ~ 0.6
PTO Accelerator Opening
%
0 (DTC28 or DTC84 is detected)
0
SCV Current
Intake Throttle Duty Ratio
Desired Injection Quantity
Desired Fuel Injection Timing
—
Engine Control System 1A-69
Units displayed
Fail-safe values
Values at starter switch ON
%
100 (DTC84 is detected)
100
Starter Switch
ON/OFF
ON (DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Ignition Switch
ON/OFF
ON (DTC84 is detected)
ON
Clutch Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Neutral Switch
ON/OFF
ON (DTC84 is detected)
ON
Stop Lamp Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Exhaust Brake Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
Exhaust Brake Valve
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
Diagnostic Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Diagnostic Switch (VIM)
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
PTO Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
A/C Switch (Air Conditioning)
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Exhaust Brake (AT) Cutoff Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
Exhaust Brake (ASR) Cutoff Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Glow Time Relay
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Starter Relay
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Glow Time Lamp
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
QWS Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
ECO Relay
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Freezer Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
MT (DTC84 is detected)
The value is determined by the transmission type.
Tech 2 Data Display ASR Accelerator Opening
Transmission Coding
MT/AT
• Engine status: idling (engine coolant temperature: 80°C, all peripheral devices (air conditioner, freezer, etc.): OFF) Tech 2 Data Display
Units displayed
Fail-safe values
Values at idling
System Voltage
V
24 (DTC84 is detected)
16 ~ 38
Vehicle Speed
k m/ h
0 (DTC84 is detected)
0
Desired Idle Speed
RPM
—
MT: 575 AT:: 640 AT
Engine Speed
RPM
0 (DTC84 is detected)
MT: 550 ~ 600 AT AT: 615 ~ 665
Accelerator Sensor
V
—
0.3 ~ 0.6
Final Accelerator Opening
%
0 (DTC84 is detected)
0
—
Approx. 0.6 (The value will change depending on temperatures around the engine)
ECT Sensor (Engine Coolant Temperature)
V
1A-70 Engine Control System Tech 2 Data Display
Coolant Temperature
IAT Sensor (Intake Air Temperature)
Intake Air Temperature
Fuel Temperature Sensor
Units displayed
Fail-safe values
Values at idling
°C
Normal running phase: 55 Startup phase: –20 (DTC23 is detected) 80 (DTC84 is detected)
80 ~ 85 (The value will change depending on temperatures around the engine)
V
—
2.3 ~ 2.4 (The value will change depending on temperatures around the engine)
°C
Normal running phase: 25 Startup phase: –20 (DTC22 is detected)
29 ~ 30 (The value will change depending on temperatures around the engine)
V
—
1.2 ~ 1.3 (The value will change depending on temperatures around the engine)
Fuel Temperature
Barometric Pressure Sensor
Barometric Pressure
°C
V
kPa
Normal running phase: 40 Startup phase: –20 (DTC211 (DTC21 1 is detected) 80 (DTC84 is detected)
50 ~ 53 (The value will change depending on temperatures around the engine)
—
Approx. 3.6 (The value will change depending on the barometric pressure)
100 (DTC61 or DTC84 is
100 (The value will change
detected)
depending on the barometric pressure)
Approx. 31.4
Desired Rail Pressure
MPa
60 or less (DTC115, DTC118, DTC227, DTC245, or DTC247 is detected)
Actual Rail Pressure
MPa
—
Approx. 31.0 ~ 32.0
Common Rail Pressure Sensor
V
—
Approx. 1.5
SCV Duty Ratio
%
—
Approx. 50
mA
—
Approx. 1015 ~ 1038
%
—
Approx. 13 ~ 17
EGR Position Sensor EGR Target Lift Position
V mm
— —
Approx. 3.6 Approx. 9.5
EGR Current Position
mm
—
Approx. 9.5
Intake Throttle Valve
V
—
Approx. 0.8
°CA
—
Approx. 6.8
SCV Current EGR Duty Cycle
Actual Intake Throttle position
Desired Intake Air Throttle Position
CA
—
Approx. 6
Engine Control System 1A-71 Tech 2 Data Display Intake Throttle Duty Ratio
Desired Injection Quantity
Units displayed
Fail-safe values
Values at idling
%
—
Approx. 10 ~ 11
mm3/st
50 or less (DTC1 (DTC115, 15, DTC118, DTC1 18, DTC227, DTC245, or DTC247 is
Approx. 11.4 ~ 12.7
detected) Desired Fuel Injection Timing
°CA
—
0
Cylinder 1 Compensation
mm3/st
0 (DTC158 or DTC271 is detected)
–1.0 ~ 1.0 (Limit: ±5)
Cylinder 2 Compensation
mm3/st
0 (DTC159 or DTC272 is detected)
–1.0 ~ 1.0 (Limit: ±5)
Cylinder 3 Compensation
mm3/st
0 (DTC159 or DTC273 is detected)
–1.0 ~ 1.0 (Limit: ±5)
Cylinder 4 Compensation
mm3/st
0 (DTC158 or DTC274 is detected)
–1.0 ~ 1.0 (Limit: ±5)
Main Injection Quantity
mm3/st
—
Approx. 8.4 ~ 9.7
Pilot Injection Quantity
mm3/st
—
Approx. 3
Pilot Interval
µsec
—
Approx. 3763 ~ 3776
Main Injection Period
µsec
—
Approx. 896 ~ 950
Pilot Injection Period
µsec
—
Approx. 638 ~ 642
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
ON
Idle Up Volume
V
0 (DTC84 is detected)
Approx. 0.4
PTO Accelerator Sensor
V
0 (DTC84 is detected)
0.3 ~ 0.6
PTO Accelerator Opening
%
0 (DTC28 or DTC84 is detected)
0
ASR Accelerator Opening
%
100 (DTC84 is detected)
100
Starter Switch
ON/OFF
ON (DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Ignition Switch
ON/OFF
ON (DTC84 is detected)
ON
Clutch Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Neutral Switch
ON/OFF
ON (DTC84 is detected)
ON
Stop Lamp Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Exhaust Brake Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
Exhaust Brake Valve
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
Diagnostic Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Diagnostic Switch (VIM)
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
PTO Switch A/C Switch (Air Conditioning)
ON/OFF ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected) OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF OFF
Exhaust Brake (AT) Cutoff Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
Accelerator Switch
Exhaust Brake (ASR) Cutoff Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Glow Time Relay
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Starter Relay
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Glow Time Lamp
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
Units displayed
Fail-safe values
Values at idling
QWS Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
ECO Relay
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Freezer Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
MT/AT
MT (DTC84 is detected)
OFF The value is determined by the transmission type.
1A-72 Engine Control System Tech 2 Data Display
Transmission Coding
• Engine status: running running at around 1500 rpm (engine coolant temperature: temperature: 80°C, all peripheral peripheral devices (air conditioner, freezer, etc.): OFF) Units displayed
Fail-safe values
Values at arou around nd 1500 rpm
System Voltage
V
24 (DTC84 is detected)
16 ~ 38
Vehicle Speed
k m/ h
0 (DTC84 is detected)
0
Tech 2 Data Display
Desired Idle Speed
RPM
—
MT: 575 AT:: 640 AT
Engine Speed
RPM
0 (DTC84 is detected)
Approx. 1500
Accelerator Sensor
V
—
1.3
Final Accelerator Opening
%
0 (DTC84 is detected)
19 ~ 21
V
—
Approx. 0.6 (The value will change depending on temperatures around the engine)
°C
Normal running phase: 55 Startup phase: –20 (DTC23 is detected) 80 (DTC84 is detected)
80 ~ 85 (The value will change depending on temperatures around the engine)j
V
—
2.3 ~ 2.4 (The value will change depending on temperatures around the engine)
°C
Normal running phase: 25 Startup phase: –20 (DTC22 is detected)
29 ~ 30 (The value will change depending on temperatures around the engine)
ECT Sensor (Engine Coolant Temperature)
Coolant Temperature
IAT Sensor (Intake Air Temperature)
Intake Air Temperature
Fuel Temperature Sensor
Fuel Temperature
V
—
1.2 ~will 1.3 (The value change depending on temperatures around the engine)
°C
Normal running phase: 40 Startup phase: –20 (DTC211 (DTC21 1 is detected) 80 (DTC84 is detected)
50 ~ 53 (The value will change depending on temperatures around the engine)
Engine Control System 1A-73 Tech 2 Data Display
Units displayed
Fail-safe values
Values at arou around nd 1500 rpm Approx. 3.6
Barometric Pressure Sensor
V
—
(The value will change depending on the barometric pressure)
kPa
100 (DTC61 or DTC84 is detected)
Approx. 100 (The value will change depending on the barometric pressure)
Desired Rail Pressure
MP a
60 or less ( DTC115, DTC118, DTC227, DTC245, or DTC247 is detected)
Approx. 47.6 ~ 48.0
Actual Rail Pressure
MPa
—
Approx. 47.6 ~ 48.0
V %
— —
Approx. 1.7 Approx. 48
mA
—
Approx. 979 ~ 1004
EGR Duty Cycle
%
—
Approx. 13 ~ 17
EGR Position Sensor
V
—
Approx. 3.6
EGR Target Lift Position
mm
—
Approx. 9.5
EGR Current Position
mm
—
Approx. 9.5
Intake Throttle Valve
V
—
Approx. 1.8
Actual Intake Throttle position
°CA
—
Approx. 30.2
Desired Intake Air Throttle Position
°CA
—
Approx. 30
%
—
Approx. 9 ~ 10
mm3/st
50 or less (DTC1 (DTC115, 15, DTC118, DTC1 18, DTC227, DTC245, or DTC247 is detected)
Approx. 11.3 ~ 11.4
°CA
—
Approx. 6.3 ~ 6.4
Barometric Pressure
Common Rail Pressure Sensor SCV Duty Ratio SCV Current
Intake Throttle Duty Ratio
Desired Injection Quantity
Desired Fuel Injection Timing
3
0 (DTC158 or DTC271 is
Cylinder 1 Compensation
mm /st
Cylinder 2 Compensation
mm3/st
0 (DTC159 or DTC272 is detected)
Cylinder 3 Compensation
mm3/st
0 (DTC159 or DTC273 is
detected)
0 0 0
Cylinder 4 Compensation
mm3/st
detected) 0 (DTC158 or DTC274 is detected)
Main Injection Quantity
mm3/st
—
Approx.11.3 ~ 11.4
Pilot Injection Quantity
mm3/st
—
—
Pilot Interval
µsec
—
—
Main Injection Period
µsec
—
Approx. 800 ~ 810
Pilot Injection Period
µsec
—
0
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Units displayed
Fail-safe values
Values at arou around nd 1500 rpm
Idle Up Volume
V
0 (DTC84 is detected)
Approx. 0.4
PTO Accelerator Sensor
V
0 (DTC84 is detected)
0.3 ~ 0.6
PTO Accelerator Opening
%
0 (DTC28 or DTC84 is detected)
0
ASR Accelerator Opening
%
100 (DTC84 is detected)
100
Starter Switch
ON/OFF
ON (DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Ignition Switch
ON/OFF
ON (DTC84 is detected)
ON
Clutch Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Neutral Switch
ON/OFF
ON (DTC84 is detected)
ON
Stop Lamp Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Exhaust Brake Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
Exhaust Brake Valve
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
Diagnostic Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Diagnostic Switch (VIM)
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
PTO Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
A/C Switch (Air Conditioning)
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Exhaust Brake (AT) Cutoff Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
Exhaust Brake (ASR) Cutoff Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Glow Time Relay
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Starter Relay Glow Time Lamp
ON/OFF ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected) OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF OF F
QWS Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Accelerator Switch
0
1A-74 Engine Control System Tech 2 Data Display
ECO Relay
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Freezer Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
MT/AT
MT (DTC84 is detected)
The value is determined by the transmission type.
Transmission Coding
• Typical VIM data value (all peripheral devices (air conditioner, freezer freezer,, etc.): OFF) Tech 2 Data Display
Units displayed
Fail-safe values
Typical data values
System Voltage
V
28 (DTC84 is detected)
16 ~ 38
Vehicle Speed
k m/ h
0 (DTC84 is detected)
0
0 (DTC84 is detected)
3.6 (The value will change depending on the barometric pressure)
Barometric Pressure Sensor
Barometric Pressure
PTO Accelerator Sensor
V
kPa
V
100 (The value will change 100 (DTC84 is detected) depending on the barometric pressure) 0 (DTC84 is detected)
0.3 ~ 0.6
Engine Control System 1A-75 Tech 2 Data Display
Units displayed
Fail-safe values
Typical data values
%
0 (DTC28 or DTC84 is detected)
0
Ignition Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
ON
Idle Up Volume
V
0 (DTC84 is detected)
Approx. 0.4
Idle Manual Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Clutch Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Neutral Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
ON
Diagnostic Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Exhaust Brake Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
Exhaust Brake Valve
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
Retarder Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Diagnostic Switch 1
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
Diagnostic Switch 2
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
PTO Idle Position Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
QWS Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Glow Time Lamp
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
ECO Relay
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Engine Stop Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
Engine Start Counts
Counts
—
Counts
PTO Accelerator Opening
Engine Start Counts (After Starter Replace)
Counts
—
Counts
Installed/ Not installed
—
Installed/ Not installed
%
100 (DTC84 is detected)
100
ASR-PWM Output
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Exhaust Brake (ASR) Cut Request
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OF F
%
100 (DTC84 is detected)
100
AT-PWM Output
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
Freezer Switch
ON/OFF
OFF(DTC84 is detected)
OFF
ASR Installation ASR Accelerator Opening
AT Accelerator Opening
1A-76 Engine Control System Tech 2 Engine Data Description ECM Data
Item
Tech 2 Data Display
Units displayed
1/63
System Voltage
V
2/63
Vehicle Speed
3/63
Desired Idle Speed
Description
How to use parameters
This parameter refers to the power supply voltage applied to the ECM from the battery.
When the display substantially deviates from the actual battery voltage, a voltage drop may occur due to accessories installed to the circuit. If the value deviates from the specified level, the circuit, connector, connector mating, or ECM may be faulty.
k m/ h
This parameter refers to the value calculated by the ECM using the signals from the VS sensor.
When the display differs from the speedometer reading or is unchanged, major cause may lie in VS sensor, circuit, or ECM.
RPM
This parame amete terr refers to the the value calculated by the ECM using ECT and vehicle condition (with respect to automatic transmission, air conditioner,
When the required idle speed is unstable, the cause may lie in improperly installed ECM or sensors (such as improper connector mating or deformed
QWS, freezer, idle up volume, PTO, and neutral switch).
connector pins), or ECM or sensor signal faults. When the idle speed becomes unstable after vibrations are applied to the wiring harness, the cause may be faulty harness or imperfect connection of ground circuit.
4/63
Engine Speed
5/63
Accelerator Sensor
6/63
Final Ac Accelerator Opening
This parameter refers to the value calculated by the ECM using the signals from CKP (crank position) and CMP (cam position) sensors.
This parameter should be used by comparing to the desired idle speed. Using the display needs those conditions: the engine is completely warmed up, all the accessory systems, including air conditioner, are turned off, and the idle speed is stabilized. The actual idle speed is stabilized near the desired level. After the load such as air conditioner is added, the engine speed is changed but finally stabilized.
V
This parameter refers to the signal voltage input to the ECM from the AP (accelerator pedal position) sensor.(Larger accelerator pedal stroke provides higher voltage.)
When AP sensor’s signal voltage (accelerator pedal position) deviates from the specified level as the accelerator pedal pressdown stroke is changed, the sensor, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
%
This parameter refers to the value calculated by the ECM using the signals from the AP sensor.
When AP sensor’s signal voltage (Final Accelerator Opening) deviates from the specified level as the accelerator pedal press-
RPM
down stroke is changed, the sensor, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
Engine Control System 1A-77 Item
Tech 2 Data Display
Units displayed
Description
How to use parameters
7/63
ECT Sensor (Engine Coolant Temperature)
V
This parameter refers to the signal voltage input to the ECM from the ECT (engine coolant temperature) sensor. (Higher engine coolant temperature provides lower voltage.)
The engine coolant temperature is a proper criterion for various control configurations (e.g., startup, cold, or post-warmup condition). This parameter may be used as one of DTC detection conditions.
8/63
Coolant Temperature
°C
This parameter refers to the value calculated by the ECM using the signals from the ECT sensor.
When the display deviates from the specified level, the sensor, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
9/63
IAT Sensor (Intake Air Temperature)
V
This parameter refers to the signal voltage input to the ECM from the IAT (intake air temperature) sensor. (Higher
The intake air temperature is a proper criterion for various control configurations (e.g., startup, cold, or post-warmup
intake air temperature provides lower voltage.)
condition). This parameter may be used as one of DTC detection conditions.
10/63
Intake Air Temperature
°C
This parameter refers to the value calculated by the ECM using the signals from the IAT sensor.
When the signal (temperature display) from the sensor deviates from the specified level, the sensor, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
11/63
Fuel Temperature Sensor
V
This parameter refers to the signal voltage input to the ECM from the FT (fuel temperature) sensor. (Higher fuel temperature provides lower voltage.)
The fuel temperature is a proper criterion for various control configurations (e.g., startup, cold, or post-warmup condition). This parameter may be used as one of DTC detection conditions.
12/63
Fuel Temperature
°C
This parameter refers to the value calculated by the ECM using the signals from the FT sensor.
When the signal (temperature display) from the sensor deviates from the specified level, the sensor, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
13/63
Barometric Pressure Sensor
V
This parameter refers to the signal voltage input to the VIM
The barometric pressure sensor is a proper criterion for various
from the barometric pressure sensor. (Higher barometric pressure provides higher voltage.)
control configurations (e.g., startup, cold, or post-warmup condition). This parameter may be used as one of DTC detection conditions.
14/63
Barometric Pressure
kP a
This pa parameter re refers to to th the value calculated by the VIM using the signals from the barometric pressure sensor.
When the display deviates from the specified level, the sensor, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
15/63
Desired Rail Pressure
MPa MP a
This para aramete terr refers to the the value calculated by the ECM using engine speed, fuel temperature, engine coolant
When the display is improper, fuel system components (such as common rail, pump, and fuel pipe), common rail pressure
temperature, and desired fuel injection quantity.
sensor, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
1A-78 Engine Control System Item 16/63
Tech 2 Data Display Actual Rail Pressure
Units displayed MPa MP a
Description This para aramete terr refers to the the value calculated by the ECM using the signals from the common rail pressure sensor.
How to use parameters This parameter should be used by comparing to the desired common rail pressure. Using the display needs those conditions: the engine is completely warmed up, all the accessory systems, including air conditioner, are turned off, and the idle speed is stabilized. When the display substantially deviates from the
desired value, fuel system components (such as common rail, pump, and fuel pipe), common rail pressure sensor, circuit, or ECM may be faulty. 17/63
Common Rail Pressure Sensor
V
This parameter refers to the signal voltage input to the ECM from the common rail pressure sensor.
When the signal from the sensor deviates from the specified level, the sensor, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
18/63
SCV Duty Ratio
%
This parameter refers to the value calculated by the ECM using desired fuel injection
When the display is improper, fuel system components (such as common rail, pump, and fuel
quantity, rail pressure,desired engine common speed. (Larger duty cycle provides small SCV position.)
pipe), common railECM pressure sensor, circuit, or may be faulty.
mA
This parameter refers to the value calculated by the ECM based on the pump discharge determined from engine speed, common rail pressure. (Larger current provides smaller SCV position.)
When the display is improper, fuel system components (such as common rail, pump, and fuel pipe), common rail pressure sensor, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
19/63
SCV Current
20/63
EGR Duty Cycle
%
This parameter refers to the DC motor drive duty calculated from desired fuel injection quantity, engine speed, engine coolant temperature, barometric pressure, accelerator position, and intake throttle position.
When the display deviates from the specified level, EGR valve sensors, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
21/63
EGR Position Sensor
V
This parameter refers to the voltage signal input to the ECM from the EGR valve position sensor. (Larger EGR valve position provides higher voltage.)
When the display deviates from the specified level as the EGR valve is operated, the sensor, circuit, EGR valve, or ECM may be faulty.
22/63
EGR Target Lift Position
This parameter refers to the value calculated by the ECM using desired fuel injection quantity, engine speed, and
When the display deviates from the specified level, EGR valve sensors, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
mm
engine coolant temperature.
Engine Control System 1A-79 Item 23/63
Tech 2 Data Display EGR Current Position
Units displayed mm
Description This parameter refers to the value calculated by the ECM using the signals from the EGR position sensor.
How to use parameters When the display deviates from the specified level, the DC motor, EGR valve, sensor, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
24/63
Intake Throttle Valve
V
This parameter refers to the voltage signal input to the ECM from the ITP (intake throttle
When the display deviates from the specified level as the intake throttle valve is operated, the
position) sensor. (Larger intake throttle valve position provides higher voltage.)
sensor, circuit, intake throttle valve, or ECM may be faulty.
25/63
Actual Intake Throttle position
° CA
This pa parameter rre efers to to tth he value calculated by the ECM using the signals from the ITP sensor.
When the display deviates from the specified level, the DC motor, intake throttle valve, sensor, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
26/63
Desired Intake Air Throttle Position
° CA
This pa parameter rre efers to to tth he value calculated by the ECM using engine speed, desired fuel injection amount, and engine coolant temperature, or the value determined from the parameters showing vehicle condition such as exhaust brake and idling stop.
When the display deviates from the specified level, the intake throttle valve, sensors, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
27/63
Intake Throttle Duty Ratio
%
This parameter refers to the value calculated by the ECM using ITP sensor output voltage and battery voltage.
When the display deviates from the specified level, the intake throttle valve, sensors, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
28/63
Desired Injection Quantity
This This par paramet amete er rref efer ers s to to tthe he value calculated by the ECM using accelerator position, engine speed, engine coolant temperature, and barometric pressure.
When the display deviates from the specified level, the fuel injection system, sensors, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
29/63
Desired Fuel
This pa parameter rre efers to to tth he
When the display deviates from
value calculated fromcoolant intake air temperature, engine temperature, engine speed, and desired fuel injection quantity.
the specified level, the fuelcircuit, injection system, sensors, or ECM may be faulty.
mm3/s /stt
° CA
Injection Timing
30/63
Cylinder 1 Compensation
mm3/s /stt
This This par paramet amete er rref efer ers s to to tthe he calibrated fuel injection quantity calculated using the signals from CKP and CMP sensors.
When the display deviates from the specified level, the injector, fuel injection system, sensors, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
31/63
Cylinder 2 Compensation
mm3/s /stt
This This par paramet amete er rref efer ers s to to tthe he calibrated fuel injection quantity calculated using the signals from CKP and CMP sensors.
When the display deviates from the specified level, the injector, fuel injection system, sensors, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
32/63
Cylinder 3
mm3/s /stt
This This par paramet amete er rref efer ers s to to tthe he
When the display deviates from
calibrated fuel injection quantity calculated using the signals from CKP and CMP sensors.
the specified level, the injector, fuel injection system, sensors, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
Compensation
1A-80 Engine Control System Item
Tech 2 Data Display
Units displayed
Description
How to use parameters
33/63
Cylinder 4 Compensation
mm3/s /stt
This This par paramet amete er rref efer ers s to to tthe he calibrated fuel injection quantity calculated using the signals from CKP and CMP sensors.
When the display deviates from the specified level, the injector, fuel injection system, sensors, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
34/63
Main Injection Quantity
mm3/s /stt
This This par paramet amete er rref efer ers s to to tthe he value calculated by the ECM
When the display deviates from the specified level, the fuel
using engine speed, desired fuel injection quantity, calibrated cylinder-to-cylinder injection quantity, and fuel temperature.
injection system, sensors, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
This This par paramet amete er rref efer ers s to to tthe he value calculated by the ECM using engine speed, desired fuel injection quantity, engine coolant temperature, intake air temperature, and barometric pressure.
When the display deviates from the specified level, the fuel injection system, sensors, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
This parameter refers to the value calculated by the ECM
When the display deviates from the specified level, the fuel
using estimated common rail pressure and pilot fuel injection quantity.
injection system, sensors, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
35/63
Pilot In Injection Quantity
mm3/s /stt
36/63
Pilot Interval
µsec
37/63
Main Injection Period
µsec
This par param ame ete terr re refers to to th the value calculated by the ECM using intake air temperature, engine coolant temperature, engine speed, and desired fuel injection quantity.
When the display deviates from the specified level, the fuel injection system, sensors, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
38/63
Pilot In Injection Period
µsec
This par param ame ete terr re refers to to th the value calculated by the ECM using intake air temperature, engine coolant temperature, engine speed, and desired fuel injection quantity.
When the display deviates from the specified level, the fuel injection system, sensors, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
39/63
Accelerator Switch
ON/O ON /OFF FF
Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the status of the signals input from the idle position switch to the ECM. This switch is turned on when the accelerator pedal is not pressed.
When the display is fixed, the idle position switch, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
40/63
Idle Up Volume
V
This parameter refers to the signal voltage input to the VIM from the idle up volume. (Higher idle speed provides higher voltage.)
When the display is improper, the idle up volume, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
41/63
PTO Ac Accelerator Sensor
V
This parameter refers to the voltage signal input to the VIM from the PTO accelerator sensor. (Larger PTO accelerator position provides higher voltage.)
When the display deviates from the specified level as the PTO accelerator position is changed, the sensor, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
Engine Control System 1A-81 Tech 2 Data Display
Units displayed
42/63
PTO Ac Accelerator Opening
%
This parameter refers to the value calculated by the VIM using the signals from the PTO accelerator sensor.
When the display deviates from the specified level as the PTO accelerator opening is changed, the sensor, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
43/63
ASR Accelerator Opening
%
When the ASR is working, the accelerator position is limited (the position is normally reduced from 100 %). This parameter refers to the percentage calculated by the VIM using the signals input from the ASR controller.
When the display is fixed, communications with ABS/ASR control unit, ABS/ASR system, VIM, ECM, or ABS/ASR control unit may be faulty.
44/6 44/63 3
St Star arte terr Sw Swit itch ch
ON/O ON/OFF FF
This This par paramet ameter er re refe fers rs to the the status of the signals input from the key switch to the ECM. It appears on the display after the key switch is moved to the position "ST".
When the display is fixed, the switch, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
45/6 45/63 3
Igni Igniti tion on Swit Switc ch
ON/O ON/OFF FF
Thi This para parame mete terr re refe fers rs to the the status of the signals input from the key switch to the ECM. It appears on the display after the key switch is moved to the position "ON" or "ST".
When the display is fixed, the switch, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
46/63
Clutch Switch
ON/OFF
This parameter refers to the status of the signals input from the clutch switch to the VIM. It appears on the display after the clutch switch is pressed.
When the display is fixed, the clutch switch, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
47/63
Neutral Switch
ON/OFF
This parameter refers to the status of the signals input from
When the display is fixed, the neutral switch, circuit, VIM, or
the neutral to theafter VIM.the It appears onswitch the display gear is in the neutral position.
ECM may be faulty.
Item
Description
How to use parameters
48/63
Stop Lamp Switch
ON/O ON /OFF FF
Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the status of the signals input from the stop lamp switch to the VIM. It appears on the display after the brake pedal is pressed.
When the display is fixed, the stop lamp switch, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
49/63
Exhaust Brake Switch
ON/O ON /OFF FF
Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the status of the signals input from the exhaust brake switch to the VIM. It appears on the display after the exhaust brake switch in the cab is pressed.
When the display is fixed, the exhaust brake switch, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
1A-82 Engine Control System Item 50/63
Tech 2 Data Display
Units displayed
Exhaust Brake Valve
ON/O ON /OFF FF
Description Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the status of the signals output from the VIM to the exhaust brake solenoid valve. After necessary
How to use parameters When the display is fixed, the exhaust brake valve, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
conditions such as engine speed, QWS, automatic transmission, ASR, and exhaust brake switch are met, the ECM turns on the solenoid valve. 51/63
Diagnostic Switch
ON/O ON /OFF FF
Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the status of the signals input from the diagnostic switch to the ECM. It appears on the display after DLC (data link connector) pins are jumpered.
When the display is fixed, the DLC (data link connector), circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
52/63
Diagnostic Switch (VIM)
ON/O ON /OFF FF
Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the status of the signals input from
When the display is fixed, the DLC (data link connector), circuit,
the diagnostic switch to the VIM. It appears on the display after DLC (data link connector) pins are jumpered.
VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
53/63
PTO Switch
ON/OFF
This parameter refers to the When the display is fixed, the status of the signals input from PTO switch, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty. the PTO switch to the VIM. It appears on the display after the PTO switch in the cab is pressed.
54/63
A/C Switch (Air Conditioning)
ON/O ON /OFF FF
Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the status of the signals input from the A/C switch to the VIM. It appears on the display after the A/C switch in the cab is pressed.
When the display is fixed, the A/C switch, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
55/63
Exhaust Brake (AT) Cutoff Switch
ON/O ON /OFF FF
Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the status of the exhaust bake cut signals input from the AT controller to the VIM. It appears on the display after the signals are input.
When the display is fixed, communications with AT controller, ATcontrol system, VIM, ECM, or ABS/ASR control unit may be faulty.
56/63
Exhaust Brake (ASR) Cutoff Switch
ON/O ON /OFF FF
Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the status of the exhaust bake cut signals input from the ABS/ASR controller to the VIM. It appears on the display after the signals are input.
When the display is fixed, communications with ABS/ASR control unit, ABS/ASR system, VIM, ECM, or ABS/ASR control unit may be faulty.
57/63
Glow Ti Time R Re elay
ON/OFF
This pa parameter rre efers tto o tth he status of the signals output from the ECM to the glow relay. It appears on the display after necessary conditions such as engine coolant temperature,
When the display is fixed, the relay, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
engine speed, EGR, and QWS switch are met.
Engine Control System 1A-83 Item
Tech 2 Data Display
Units displayed
Description
How to use parameters
58/63
Starter Relay
ON/OFF
This parameter refers to the status of the signals output from the ECM to the starter cut relay. It appears on the display after necessary conditions such as neutral, clutch, and starter switches are met.
59/63
Glow Ti Time L La amp
ON/OFF
This parameter refers to the When the display is fixed, the status of the signals output from lamp, circuit, or ECM may be the ECM to the glow lamp. It faulty. appears on the display after necessary conditions such as engine speed, engine coolant temperature, and starter are met.
60/63
QWS Switch
ON/OFF
This parameter refers to the status of the signals input from
When the display is fixed, the QWS switch, circuit, VIM, or ECM
the QWS (quick warm-up system) switch to the VIM. It appears on the display after the QWS switch in the cab is pressed.
may be faulty.
When the display is fixed, the relay, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
61/63
ECO Relay
ON/OFF
This parameter refers to the status of the signals output from the VIM to the ECO relay. It appears on the display after necessary conditions such as battery voltage, engine coolant temperature, vehicle speed, QWS switch, neutral switch, and clutch switch are met.
When the display is fixed, the relay, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
62/63
Freezer Switch
ON/OFF
This parameter refers to the status of the signals input from the freezer switch to the VIM. It appears on the display after the freezer controller outputs the switch-on signal.
When the display is fixed, the freezer switch, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
63/63
Transmission Coding
MT/A MT /AT T
This This par paramet amete er ref refer ers s to to the the transmission type, manual or automatic transmission.
—
1A-84 Engine Control System VIM Data
Item
Tech 2 Data Display
Units displayed
Description
How to use parameters
1/31
System Voltage
V
This parameter refers to the power supply voltage applied to the VIM from the battery.
When the display substantially deviates from the actual battery voltage, a voltage drop may occur due to accessories installed to the circuit. If it deviates from the specified level, the circuit, connector, connector mating, or VIM may be faulty.
2/31
Vehicle Speed
k m/ h
This parameter refers to the value calculated by the VIM using the signals from the VS sensor.
When the display differs from the speedometer reading or is unchanged, major cause may lie in VS sensor, circuit, VIM, or ECM.
3/31
Barometric Pressure Sensor
This parameter refers to the signal voltage input to the VIM from the barometric pressure sensor. (Higher barometric pressure provides higher voltage.)
The barometric pressure sensor is a proper criterion for various control configurations (e.g., startup, cold, or post-warmup condition). This parameter may be used as one of DTC detection conditions.
4/31
Barometric Pressure
kP a
This pa parameter re refers to to th the value calculated by the VIM using the signals from the barometric pressure sensor.
When the display deviates from the specified level, the sensor, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
5/31
PTO Accelerator Sensor
V
This parameter refers to the voltage signal input to the VIM from the PTO accelerator sensor. (Larger PTO accelerator position provides higher voltage.)
When the display deviates from the specified level as the PTO accelerator position is changed, the sensor, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
6/31
PTO Accelerator Opening
%
This parameter refers to the value calculated by the VIM using the signals from the PTO accelerator sensor.
When the display deviates from the specified level as the PTO accelerator position is changed, the sensor, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
7/31 /31
Ignitio ition n Sw Swiitch
This par aram ame ete terr refers to the the status of the signals input from
When the display is fixed, the switch, circuit, VIM,or ECM may
V
ON/OFF
the key switch to the VIM. It appears on the display after the key switch is moved to the
be faulty.
position "ON" or "ST". 8/31
Idle Up Volume
V
This parameter refers to the signal voltage input to the ECM from the idle up volume. (Higher idle speed provides higher voltage.)
When the display is improper, the idle up volume, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
Engine Control System 1A-85 Item
Tech 2 Data Display
Units displayed
Description
How to use parameters
9/31
ISwitch dle Manual
ON/O ON /OFF FF
Th This is parame par ameter terthe re refe fers rs tocontrol the is status whether idle manual or automatic. It appears on the display when the idle control is in manual mode. (The unit is always OFF.)
When display is fixed, the idle controlthe change-over switch, circuit, or ECM may be faulty.
10/31
Clutch Switch
ON/OFF
This parameter refers to the status of the signals input from the clutch switch to the VIM. It appears on the display after the clutch switch is pressed.
When the display is fixed, the clutch switch, circuit, VIM,or ECM may be faulty.
11/31
Neutral Switch
ON/OFF
This parameter refers to the status of the signals input from the neutral switch to the VIM. It appears on the display after the gear is in the neutral position.
When the display is fixed, the neutral switch, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
12/31
Diagnostic Switch
ON/O ON /OFF FF
Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the status of the signals input from the diagnostic switch to the VIM. It appears on the display after DLC (data link connector) pins jumpered.
When the display is fixed, the DLC (data link connector), circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
13/31
Exhaust Brake Switch
ON/O ON /OFF FF
Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the status of the signals input from the exhaust brake switch to the VIM. It appears on the display after the exhaust brake switch in
When the display is fixed, the exhaust brake switch, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
the cab is pressed. 14/31
Exhaust Brake Valve
ON/O ON /OFF FF
Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the status of the signals output from the VIM to the exhaust brake solenoid valve. After necessary conditions such as engine speed,
When the display is fixed, the exhaust brake valve, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
QWS, AT, ASR, and exhaust brake switch are met, the VIM turns on the solenoid valve. When the display is fixed, the retarder switch, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
15/31
Retarder Switch
ON/OFF
This parameter refers to the status of the signals input from the retarder switch to the VIM. (The unit is always OFF.)
16/31
Diagnostic Switch 1
ON/O ON /OFF FF
When the display is fixed, the Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the PTO switch, circuit, VIM, or ECM status of the signals input from may be faulty. the PTO switch to the VIM. It appears on the display after the PTO switch in the cab is pressed.
17/31
Diagnostic Switch 2
ON/O ON /OFF FF
When the display is fixed, the Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the PTO switch, circuit, VIM, or ECM status of the signals input from may be faulty. the PTO switch to the VIM. It appears on the display after the PTO switch in the cab is pressed.
1A-86 Engine Control System Tech 2 Data Display
Units displayed
18/31
PTO Idle Position Switch
ON/O ON /OFF FF
Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the working condition of the PTO accelerator. It appears on the display when the PTO accelerator is not working (the PTO accelerator position is about 0 %).
When the display is fixed, the PTO idle position switch, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
19/31
QWS Switch
ON/OFF
This parameter refers to the status of the signals input from the QWS (quick warm-up system) switch to the VIM. It appears on the display after the QWS switch in the cab is
When the display is fixed, the QWS switch, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
Item
Description
How to use parameters
pressed. 20/31
Glow Ti Time L La amp
ON/OFF
This parameter refers to the When the display is fixed, the status of the signals output from lamp, circuit, VIM,or ECM may be the VIM to the glow lamp. It faulty. appears on the display after necessary conditions such as engine speed, engine coolant temperature, and starter are met.
21/31
ECO Relay
ON/OFF
This parameter refers to the status of the signals output from the VIM to the ECO relay. It appears on the display after necessary conditions such as battery voltage, engine coolant temperature, vehicle speed, QWS switch, neutral switch, and
When the display is fixed, the relay, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
idle stop switch are met. Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the status of the signals input from the engine stop switch to the VIM. (The unit is always OFF.)
When the display is fixed, the engine stop switch, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
Coun Co unts ts
Th This is pa para rame mete terr ref refer ers s to to the the accumulated count of starter operations.
When the count number exceeds 150000, DTC18 is issued.
Coun Co unts ts
Th This is pa para rame mete terr ref refer ers s to to the the accumulated count of starter
When the count number exceeds 150000, DTC18 is issued.
22/31
Engine Stop Switch
ON/O ON /OFF FF
23/31
Engine Start Counts
24/31
Engine Start Counts (After Starter Replace)
operations after the starter is replaced.
25/31
ASR Installation
Installed/ Not installed
26/31
ASR Accelerator Opening
%
This parameter refers to the status whether the ASR is installed to the vehicle.
When the display is fixed, communications with ABS/ASR control unit, ABS/ASR system, VIM, ECM, or ABS/ASR control unit may be faulty.
When the ASR is working, the accelerator position is limited (the position is normally reduced from 100 %). This parameter refers to the percentage calculated by the VIM using the signals input from
When the display is fixed, communications with ABS/ASR control unit, ABS/ASR system, VIM, ECM, or ABS/ASR control unit may be faulty.
the ASR controller.
Engine Control System 1A-87 Item
Tech 2 Data Display
Units displayed
Description
How to use parameters
27/31
ASR-PWM Output
ON/O ON /OFF FF
Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the status whether accelerator position signals are input to the VIM from the ASR controller.
When the display is fixed, communications with ABS/ASR control unit, ABS/ASR system, VIM, ECM, or ABS/ASR control unit may be faulty.
28/31
Exhaust Brake (ASR) Cut Request
ON/O ON /OFF FF
Th This is parame parameter ter re refe fers rs to the status of the exhaust bake cut signals input from the ABS/ASR controller to the VIM. It appears on the display after the signals are input.
When the display is fixed, communications with ABS/ASR control unit, ABS/ASR system, VIM, ECM, or ABS/ASR control unit may be faulty.
29/31
AT Accelerator Opening
%
30/31
AT-PWM Output
ON/OFF
When the display is fixed, On a au utomatic transmission vehicles, the accelerator position communications with AT control is limited (the position is normally unit, AT system, VIM, ECM, or ABS/ASR control unit may be reduced from 100 %). This faulty. parameter refers to the percentage calculated by the VIM using the signals input from the AT controller. This parameter refers to the status whether accelerator position signals are input to the VIM from the AT controller.
When the display is fixed, communications with AT control unit, AT system, VIM, ECM, or ABS/ASR control unit may be
faulty. 31/31
Freezer Switch
ON/OFF
This parameter refers to the status of the signals input from the freezer switch to the VIM. It appears on the display after the freezer controller outputs the switch-on signal.
When the display is fixed, the freezer switch, circuit, VIM, or ECM may be faulty.
1A-88 Engine Control System Diagnostic Chart CAUTION: The values in "Judgment criteria" may vary depending on measurement conditions. Chart 1 (1/3)
DTC
Fault
CHECK ENGINE lamp status
14
CMP CMP S Sen enso sorr S Sys yste tem mF Fau ault lt
ON (idling only)
The battery voltage is at least 16 V and the starter switch is turned on.
15
CKP CKP S Sen enso sorr S Sys yste tem m Fau Fault lt
ON (idling only)
The battery voltage is at least 16 V and the starter switch is turned on.
18 (VIM)
Starter degradation (MT vehicles)
Judgment start conditions
ON (blinks 10 times and turns off)
—
22
IA T S ensor System Fault
ON
—
23
ECT Sensor System Fault
ON
—
Judgment criteria
Fail-safe
No CMP signal is input while the CKP signal is input to the ECM 450 times. No CKP signal is input while the CMP signal is input to the ECM 40 times.
When the CKP sensor is sound, the ECM will control the powertrain using the CKP signal. When the CMP sensor is sound, the ECM will control the powertrain using the CMP signal.
The manual transmission vehicle is in idle stop and the accumulated number of startups exceeds 150000.
—
The ECM controls the powertrain The IAT sensor output voltage using the set intake air temperature deviates from the range between 0.1 (normal running phase: 25°C, V and 4.9 V for at least 2.9 seconds. startup phase: –20°C). The ECM controls the powertrain The ECT sensor output voltage using the set engine coolant deviates from the range between 0.1 temperature (normal running phase: V and 4.9 V for at least 1 second. 55°C, startup phase: –20°C).
The AP sensor output voltage The ECM controls the accelerator deviates from the range between 0.1 pedal position according to the V and 4.8 V for at least 1 second. signals from the idle position switch. The state where clutch and neutral switches are in normal condition, the automatic transmission or clutch switch is turned off, the engine is — running at 2200 rpm or more, the neutral switch is turned off, and the vehicle speed is 0 km/h lasts 5 seconds. The ECM controls the powertrain The PTO accelerator sensor output using the set PTO accelerator signal exceeds 4.9 V for 1 second. oposition (0 %). The idle up volume output signal The idle up volume switch is deviates from the range between 0.2 disabled. V and 4.8 V for 1 second.
Accelerator Sensor Sensor System Fault
ON
—
25 (VIM)
Vehicle Speed Sensor System Fault
ON
—
28 (VIM)
PTO Accelerator Sensor System Fault
—
—
31 (VIM)
Idle Up Volume System Fault
—
—
33 (VIM)
VIM Internal Fault (EEPROM Write Error)
—
—
ECM Internal Fault (Charge Circuit Fault)
ON
The battery voltage is at least 16 V, the starter switch is turned on, and the post injection is not performed.
The charge circuit voltage in the ECM is excessively high or low.
VIM Internal Fault (A/D Conversion Fault)
ON
—
The A/D (analog-to-d (analog-to-digital) igital) conversion is not complete in the VIM.
43
ITP S ensor System Fault
ON
—
The ITP sensor output voltage deviates from the range between 0.1 V and 4.9 V for at least 3 seconds.
—
44
EGR Valve Position Sensor System Fault
ON
—
The EGR valve position sensor output voltage deviates from the range between 0.3 V and 4.6 V for at least 3 seconds.
—
24
34
35 (VIM)
45
EGR Valve S ystem Fault
ON
The starter switch is turned on for at least 3 seconds, the EGR valve position sensor is in normal The valve drive voltage is condition, neither #2 - 5 V Power excessively high for at least 10 Supply Fault nor A/D Conversion seconds. Fault is detected, and the battery voltage stays between 16 V and 32 V.
Exhaust Brake System Fault (ON circuit open wiring) 46 (VIM)
ON
The stored count values do not agree each other when the starter Counted and stored values are switch position is changed from OFF reset. to ON.
—
Exhaust Brake System Fault (OFF circuit open wiring)
With the battery voltage at 20 V or more, the engine speed at 500 rpm or more, and the exhaust brake turned on, the solenoid valve is turned off for 1 second. With the battery voltage at 20 V or more, the engine speed at 500 rpm or more, and the exhaust brake turned off, the solenoid valve is
All injectors are are stopped. Fault judgment is disabled on PTO accelerator sensor, atmospheric pressure sensor, and idle up volume.
—
The exhaust brake system is disabled.
turned on for 1 second.
Engine Control System 1A-89 Chart 1 (2/3)
DTC
Fault ECM Internal Fault (CPU Error)
51
52
61
CHECK ENGINE lamp status ON (by sub CPU)
—
ECM Internal Fault (CPU Monitoring IC Fault)
ON
ON
Judgment criteria The sub CP U judges the CPU fail.
—
ECM Internal Fault (CPU History Error)
Intake Throttle Valve System Fault
Judgment start conditions
—
Fail-safe —
With the battery voltage 20 V or more and the starter switch turned off, the CPU working signals are not Injectors supply pump are stopped. detected even after the initial status lasts for at least 0.4 second. The post initial status lasts at least 2 seconds, the battery voltage is 22 V or more, the starter switch is turned Injectors supply pump are stopped. off for at least 0.5 second, and the CPU working signals are faulty for 0.7 second or more.
The starter switch is turned on for at least 3 seconds, the ITP sensor is in normal condition, neither #3 - 5 V The valve drive voltage is Power Supply Fault nor A/D excessively high for at least 10 Conversion Fault is detected, and seconds.
the battery voltage stays between 16 V and 32 V. 71 Atmospheric Pressure Pressure (VIM) Sensor Fault
ON
—
—
The atmospheric pressure sensor voltage deviates from the range between 0.5 V and 4.5 V for 1 second.
81 (VIM)
Clutch Switch System Fault
ON
—
On the manual transmission vehicle, the engine is running for at least 180 seconds, the vehicle speed is at The exhaust brake is disabled. least 80 km/h, and the clutch switch is not toggled from off to on or on to off.
82 (VIM)
Neutral Switch System Fault
ON
—
The engine is running for at least 180 seconds, the vehicle speed is at The exhaust brake is disabled. least 80 km/h, and the neutral switch is toggled from on to off.
—
Fault occurs on communications with VIM.
Communications with VIM are terminated and the control mode with predetermined values will be dominant.
—
CAN signal is not input for 1 seconds.
Communications with ECM are terminated and the control mode with predetermined values will be dominant.
—
The state where the common rail pressure sensor is in normal condition, there is no change in common rail pressure sensor output voltage, the difference between desired and actual common rail pressures is 10 MPa or more, the actual common rail pressure is 10 MPa or more, and the pump is under feedback control is continuously observed 255 times during A/D conversion in the ECM.
The ECM controls the desired common rail pressure to 60 MPa or less and the desired fuel quantity to 50 mm3/st or less.
The state where the common rail pressure is in normal condition and the actual common rail pressure is 180 MPa or more is continuously observed 5 times during A/D conversion in the ECM. (The system is restored when the common rail pressure is at or below 130 MPa and the idle position switch is turned on.)
The ECM controls the desired common rail pressure to 60 MPa or less and the desired fuel quantity to 50 mm3/st or less.
84
CAN Communication Fault (CAN Bus Error)
86
CAN Communication Fault (CAN Timeout Error)
115
Common Rail Pressure Sensor Fixed Output Fault
ON
ON
ON
Common Rail Pressure Fault (First Stage in Control System)
118
ON
—
ON
The battery voltage is at least 16 V, the starter switch is turned on, and the post injection is not performed.
Common Rail Pressure Fault (Second Stage in Control System)
158
Injector Power Supply System Short (Common 1)
159
Injector Power Supply System Short (Common 2)
211
Fuel Temperature Sensor System Fault
The battery voltage is at least 16 V, ON
the starter switch is turned on, and the post injection is not performed.
—
—
The state where the common rail pressure is in normal condition and the actual common rail pressure is 200 MPa or more is continuously Injectors and supply pump are observed 5 times during A/D stopped. conversion in the ECM. (The system is restored when the common rail pressure is at or below 130 MPa and the engine is stopped.) The short to ground or the +B short is detected on the common 1 drive The ECM stops injectors #1 and #3. circuits for injectors (injectors #1 and #3). The short to ground or the +B short is detected on the common 2 drive circuits for injectors (injectors #2 and The ECM stops injectors #2 and #4. #4). The ECM controls the powertrain The FT sensor output voltage using the set fuel temperature deviates from the range between 0.1 (normal running phase: 40°C, V and 4.8 V for at least 1 second. startup phase: –20°C).
1A-90 Engine Control System Chart 1 (3/3)
DTC
217
Fault
SCV Drive System Short
CHECK ENGINE lamp status
—
Judgment start conditions Pump control and pump feedback are in normal mode, the SCV drive efficiency ranges between 30 % and 50 %, and the battery voltage is at least 16 V. The low-temperature startup mode is currently not active (i.e., the engine coolant temperature is 60°C or more), high-pressure pump control and injector control are in
Judgment criteria The SCV drive current is at least 1500 mA. (+B short is detected on the circuit between SCV+ and ECM.)
Fail-safe
—
normal mode, the engine is running at or above 450 rpm, any of The fuel leak after the fuel filter Common Rail Pressure Sensor exceeds the threshold. System Fault (DTC115 or DTC245), Injector Drive System Fault (DTC34, DTC158, DTC159, DTC271, DTC272, DTC273, or DTC274), or Common Rail Pressure Fault (DTC118) is not detected.
227
No Pump Pressure Feed (Fuel Leak)
241
Idle Position Switch Circuit Open Wiring
ON
—
242
Idle Position Switch Circuit Short
ON
—
245
247
Common Rail Pressure Sensor System Fault
SCV Drive System Fault
271
Cylinder 1 (Injector Drive System) Fault
272
Cylinder 2 (Injector Drive System) Fault
273
Cylinder 3 (Injector Drive System) Fault
ON
The common rail pressure and fuel injection quantity are limited.
The state where the AP sensor is in normal condition, the AP sensor The ECM controls the accelerator output voltage is less than 0.6 V, position to 80 % or less. and the idle position switch is turned off lasts at least 10 seconds. The state where the AP sensor is in normal condition, the AP sensor output voltage is 1 V or more, and — the idle position switch is turned on lasts at least 10 seconds.
ON
—
The state where the common rail pressure sensor output voltage deviates from the range between 0.7 V and 4.7 V is continuously observed 3 times during A/D conversion in the ECM.
ON
Pump control and pump feedback are in normal mode, the SCV drive efficiency ranges between 30 % and 50 %, and the battery voltage is at least 16 V.
The SCV drive current is 1100 mA or less. (Short to ground between SCV+ and ECM, +B short between SCV– and ECM, short to ground between SCV– and ECM, or open wiring between SCV and ECM is not detected.)
ON
The battery voltage is at least 16 V, the starter switch is turned on, and the post injection is not performed.
Open wiring is detected on the circuit between injector #1 and ECM injector #1 pin, and Cylinder 4 Injector #1 is stopped. (Injector Drive System) Fault (DTC274) is not detected.
ON
The battery voltage is at least 16 V, the starter switch is turned on, and the post injection is not performed.
Open wiring is detected on the circuit between injector #4 and ECM injector #4 pin, and Cylinder 3 Injector #4 is stopped. (Injector Drive System) Fault (DTC273) is not detected.
The battery voltage is at least 16 V,
The ECM controls the desired common rail pressure to 60 MPa or less and the desired fuel quantity to 50 mm3/st or less.
The common rail pressure and fuel injection quantity are limited. Fault judgment is disabled on pump overpressure overpressu re and short pump pressure events 1 to 4.
Open wiring is detected on the circuit between injector #2 and ECM
ON
the switch is is not turned on, and the starter post injection performed.
ON
The battery voltage is at least 16 V, the starter switch is turned on, and the post injection is not performed.
Open wiring is detected on the circuit between injector #3 and ECM injector #3 pin, and Cylinder 1 Injector #3 is stopped. (Injector Drive System) Fault (DTC271) is not detected.
ON
The battery voltage is at least 16 V, the starter switch is turned on, and the post injection is not performed.
Open wiring is detected between injector #1/3 and ECM common 1 pin (both the drive circuits for injectors #1 and #3 have open wiring).
Injectors #1 and #3 are stopped.
ON
The battery voltage is at least 16 V, the starter switch is turned on, and the post injection is not performed.
Open wiring is detected between injector #2/4 and ECM common 2 pin (both the drive circuits for injectors #2 and #4 have open wiring).
Injectors #2 and #4 are stopped.
ON (idling only)
—
274
Cylinder 4 (Injector Drive System) Fault
277
Injector Power Supply System Open Wiring (Common 1)
278
Injector Power Supply System Open Wiring (Common 2)
41 416 6
Main Main Re Rela lay y Sys Syste tem mF Fau ault lt
417
Starter Switch System Fault
—
—
543
High Engine Speed Error
—
—
injector pin,System) and Cylinder (Injector#2 Drive Fault2 (DTC272) is not detected.
Injector #2 is stopped.
The state where the starter switch is turned off and the main r elay is turned on lasts at least 5 seconds. The state where the starter switch is in "ST" position and the engine speed is more than 1000 rpm is continuously observed 100 times. The engine speed exceeds 4400 rpm.
—
— Injectors and supply pump are stopped.
Engine Control System 1A-91 Chart 2 (1/2) DTC 14
Fault CMP S ensor System Fault
Major faulty event
Parts to be inspected
Poor startability
Wire harnesses and connectors (G sensor system), G sensor, ECM
Poor startability
Wire harnesses and connectors (NE sensor
Applicable Tech 2 parameter Engine Speed
15 18 (VIM) 22
CKP CKP S Sen enso sorr S Sys yste tem m Fau Fault lt
Engine Speed
Poor driveability
system), NE sensor, ECM
Starter degradation (MT vehicles)
Poor startability
Starter
Engine Start Counts
IAT Sensor System Fault
Poor driveability
Wire harnesses and connectors (IAT sensor system), IAT sensor, ECM
Intake Air Temperature, IAT Sensor
Poor startability under cold weather conditions Poor driveability Prolonged warm-up time
Wire harnesses and connectors (ECT sensor system), ECT sensor, ECM
Coolant Temperature, ECT Sensor
23
ECT ECT Sen Senso sorr Sys Syste tem mF Fau ault lt
24
Short power Acce Accele lera rato torr Sens Sensor or S Sys yste tem m Faul Faultt Poor pedal response Poor driveability
Wire harnesses and connectors (AP sensor system), AP sensor, ECM
Final Accelerator Opening, Acceleraator Sensor Sensor
25 (VIM)
Vehicle Speed Sensor System Fault
Wire harnesses and connectors (VS sensor system), VS sensor, ECM
Vehicle Speed
28 (VIM)
PTO Accelerator Sensor System Poor driveability Fault
Wire harnesses and connectors (PTO accelerator PTO Accelerator Opening, PTO sensor system), PTO accelerator sensor, ECM Accelerator Sensor Sensor
31 (VIM)
Id Idle le Up Volu Volume me Sy Syst stem em Fa Faul ultt
Wire harnesses and connectors (idle up volume system), idle up volume, ECM
Engine Speed, Idle Up Volume
33 (VIM)
VIM Internal Fault (EEPROM Write Error)
V IM
Engine Start Counts System Voltage
Improper speedometer indication Poor driveability
Po Poor or dr driv ivea eabi bili lity ty —
ECM Internal Fault (Charge Circuit Fault)
Generation of black smoke Short power Poor driveability
ECM
VIM Internal Fault (A/D Conversion Fault)
Generation of white/black smoke Inactive idle up volume system Inactive PTO accelerator sensor system
V IM
43
IT ITP P Sens Sensor or Sy Syst stem em Faul Faultt
Generation of black smoke Short power Poor driveability Extensive suction noise during acceleration or exhaust braking
Wire harnesses and connectors (ITP sensor system), ITP accelerator sensor, ECM
44
EGR Valve Position Sensor System Fault
Generation of black smoke Short power Poor driveability
Wire harnesses and connectors (EGR valve position sensor system), EGR valve position sensor, ECM
EGR Valve Position Sensor, EGR Duty Cycle
45
EGR EGR Val Valve ve Syst System em Faul Faultt
Generation of black smoke Short power Poor driveability
Wire harnesses and connectors (EGR valve and EGR DC motor system), EGR valve, main relay, EGR DC motor, ECM
EGR Valve Position Sensor, EGR Duty Cycle
Inactive exhaust brake system, PTO and QWS Inactive ABS/ASR
Wire harnesses and connectors (exhaust brake solenoid valve system), exhaust brake solenoid valve, ECM
Exhaust Brake Valve 1
Engine stop
ECM
DTC All data list
34
35 (VIM)
46 (VIM)
Exhaust Brake System Fault (ON circuit open wiring) Exhaust Brake System Fault (OFF circuit open wiring)
—
Actual Intake Throttle Throttle Position, Position, Desired Intake Throttle Position, Intake Throttle Valve, Intake Throttle Duty Ratio
ECM Internal Fault (CPU Error) 51
ECM Internal Fault (CPU History Error)
52
ECM Internal Fault (Sub CPU Error)
Poor driveability
ECM
61
Intake Throttle Valve System Fault
Generation of black smoke Short power Poor driveability
Wire harnesses and connectors (intake throttle valve system), intake throttle valve, main relay, intake throttle DC motor, ECM
71 (VIM)
Barometric Pressure Sensor Fault
Generation of black smoke
V IM
Barometric Pressure, Barometric Pressure Sensor
81 (VIM)
Clutch Switch System Fault
Wire harnesses and connectors (clutch switch system), clutch switch, ECM
Clutch Switch
82 (VIM)
Neutral Switch System Fault
Inactive exhaust brake, QWS, and PTO Generation of black smoke Poor driveability Inactive exhaust brake and QWS
Wire harnesses and connectors (neutral switch system), neutral switch, ECM
Neutral Switch
ECM
Vehicle S peed
V IM
Vehicle S peed
84
CAN Communication Fault (CAN Bus Error)
86
CAN Communication Fault (CAN Timeout Error)
115
Common Rail Pressure Sensor Fixed Output Fault Common Rail Pressure Fault (First Stage in Control System)
118
Common Rail Pressure Fault (Second Stage in Control System)
Poor driveability Terminated VIM control (e.g., tachometer or PTO) Poor driveability Terminated VIM control (e.g., tachometer or PTO) Poor startability Generation of while/black smoke Short power
Actual Th rottle Position, Positio n, DesiredIntake IntakeThrottle Throttle Position, Intake Throttle Valve, Intake Throttle Duty Ratio
Wire harnesses and connectors (common rail pressure sensor system), common rail pressure sensor, ECM
Actual Rail Pressure, Pressure, Common Rail Pressure Sensor
Poor startability Generation of while/black smoke Short power Poor driveability
Wire harnesses and connectors (common rail pressure sensor system), common rail pressure sensor, SCV, flow damper, fuel pipe, ECM
Actual Rail Pressure, Pressure, SCV Duty Ratio, SCV Current
Poor driveability
158
Injector Power Supply System Short (Common 1)
Short power Poor driveability
Wire harnesses and connectors (injector #1/3 to ECM common 1 pin), injectors #1 and #3, ECM
Cylinder 1/4 Compensation
159
Injector Power Supply System Short (Common 2)
Short power Poor driveability
Wire harnesses and connectors (injector #2/4 to ECM common 2 pin), injectors #2 and #4, ECM
Cylinder 2/3 Compensation
1A-92 Engine Control System
Chart 2 (2/2) DTC 211
21 217 7
SCV SCV Dri Drive ve Sy Syst stem em Shor Shortt
227
No Pump Pressure Feed (Fuel Leak)
241
242
245
Major faulty event Poor driveability Poor startability Generation of white/black smoke Short power Poor drivability Generation of white/black smoke Short power Poor driveability Engine stop
Short power Idle Position Switch Circuit Open Poor driveability Wiring (When the AP sensor is also faulty.) Short power Poor pedal response Idle Idle Pos Positi ition on S Swit witch ch C Circ ircuit uit Sho Short rt Poor driveability (When the AP sensor is also faulty.) Poor startability Common Rail Pressure Sensor Generation of white/black smoke System Fault Short power Poor driveability
24 247 7
SCV SCV Driv Drive e Sys Syste tem mF Fau ault lt
271
Cylinder 1 (Injector Drive System) Fault
Poor startability Generation of white/black smoke Short power Poor driveability Short power Poor driveability
Parts to be inspected Wire harnesses and connectors (FT sensor system), FT sensor, ECM
Applicable Tech 2 parameter Fuel Temperature, FT Sensor
Wire harnesses and connectors (SCV+ to ECM), Actual Rail Pressure, Pressure, SCV Duty SCV, ECM Cycle
SCV, flow damper, common rail, supply pump, injector, fuel pipe, ECM
Actual Rail Pressure, Pressure, SCV Duty Cycle
Wire harnesses and connectors (idle position switch system), idle position switch, ECM
Idle Position Switch
Wire harnesses and connectors (idle position switch system), idle position switch, ECM
Idle Position Switch
Wire harnesses and connectors (common rail pressure sensor system), common rail pressure sensor, ECM
Actual Rail Pressure, Pressure, Common Rail Pressure Sensor
Wire harnesses and connectors (SCV drive system), SCV, ECM
SCV Duty Ratio, SCV Current
Wire harnesses and connectors (injector #1 to ECM injector #1 pin), injector #1, ECM
Cylinder 1 Compensation
272
Cylinder Drive 2 (Injector System) Fault
Shortdriveability power Poor
Wire harnesses ECM injector #4 and pin),connectors injector #4,(injector ECM #4 to
Cylinder 2 Compensation
273
Cylinder 3 (Injector Drive System) Fault
Short power Poor driveability
Wire harnesses and connectors (injector #2 to ECM injector #2 pin), injector #2, ECM
Cylinder 3 Compensation
Cylinder 4 (Injector Drive System) Fault Injector Power Supply System Open Wiring (Common 1) Injector Power Supply System Open Wiring (Common 2)
Short power Poor driveability Engine stop No startability Engine stop No startability
Wire harnesses and connectors (injector #3 to ECM injector #3 pin), injector #3, ECM Wire harnesses and connectors (injector #1/3 to ECM common 1 pin), injectors #1 and #3, ECM Wire harnesses and connectors (injector #2/4 to ECM common 2 pin), injectors #2 and #4, ECM
416
Main Relay System Fault
B at att e erry over-discharge
Wire harnesses and connectors (main relay system), main relay, ECM
System Voltage
41 7
St ar art er er S Swi witt c ch hS Sy ys tte em F Fa a ul ult
S tta ar te ter m ma al fu fun ct ct iio on
Wire harnesses and connectors (starter switch system), starter switch, ECM
Starter Switch
543
High Engine Speed Error
No pedal response
Shift position, transmission, NE and G sensor signals
Engine Speed
274 277 278
Fault Fuel Temperature Sensor System Fault
Cylinder 4 Compensation Cylinder 1/4 Compensation Cylinder 2/3 Compensation
Engine Control System 1A-93 DTC14 - CMP Sensor System Fault
ECM (Engine Control Module) 25 6 R / / L W W 5 . . 5 0 0
CKP Sensor
8 27 26 B R / W 5 . L / L 0 5 . 5 . 0 0
CMP Sensor
69 Y / G 5 . 0
68 Y 5 . 0
ITP Sensor
EGR Valve Position Sensor
63 66 67 6764 64 R G W G 5 . . 5 . 5 . 5 0 0 0 0
Common Rail Pressure Sensor
LNW21AMF006901-X
Circuit Description
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
The CMP (cam position) sensor is installed to each cylinder head and, when the hole on the camshaft gear passes the sensor, a CMP signal is generated. Five CMP pulses are generated per cycle (one rotation of
When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps.
camshaft). ECMasidentifies cylinder the CMP signalThe as well the CKPthe signal sent from from the CKP sensor and determines the crank angle, and uses this angle in fuel injection control and engine speed calculation. These tasks are usually performed based on the CKP signal but if the CKP sensor fails, the CMP signal will substitute for the CKP signal. DTC14 will be set when the number of CMP signals received by the ECM is not correct. Major Faulty Event • Poor Poor st star artab tabil ilit ity y Conditions for Setting the DTC No is input while the CKP signal is input to the CMP ECM signal 450 times. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the the DTC is set and the engine runs at at idle, the ECM will illuminate the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • When the the CKP sens sensor or is soun sound, d, the the ECM will will
1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the
control the powertrain using the CKP signal.
DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
1A-94 Engine Control System Diagnostic Aids
Test Description Descri ption
Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion.
Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 4. If the resistance is sound, the harness and sensor
• Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault.
are not faulty. 7. If pins are jumpered and the resistance reads ∞ Ω, the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered and the resistance reads 0Ω, the cause is short.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
2
Was the OBD System Check performed? Check the CMP sensor and sensor connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, install these devices certainly.
Yes
No Refer to OBD System Check
Go to Step 2
and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 8
Verify repair and go to Step 11
—
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC14 detected? Check the CMP sensor ground circuit for +B short. 1. St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ". 4
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 27-109/ 114/115/116: ∞Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. 5
— Is the action complete? Check the CMP sensor circuit for open wiring or short.
6
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2. 3.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM.. At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 8-27: 1850~2450 Ω Pins 8/27-26: ∞Ω
Pins 8/27ground: ∞Ω
Was the resistance within range?
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 7
Engine Control System 1A-95 Step
Action
Value(s)
Check the harness between ECM and CMP sensor for open wiring or short.
Pins 27-8 (jumpered: pins 2-3): 0 Ω
1.
Disc Discon onnec nectt the CMP CMP sens sensor or conn connec ecto torr.
2.
Jump Jumper er the the C CMP MP sen senso sorr conne connect ctor or pins pins and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Was the resistance within range? 7
Yes
No
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Verify repair and go to Step 13
—
∞Ω
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 10
—
Verify repair and go to Step 13
—
Go to Step 12
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
(not jumpered): jumpered): ∞Ω Pins 26-8 (jumpered: pins 1-3): 0 Ω (not jumpered): jumpered): ∞Ω
Pins 26-27 (jumpered: pins 1-2): 0 Ω (not jumpered): jumpered): ∞Ω
Pins 26/27/8ground: ∞ Ω 8
Repair or replace the faulty harness. Is the action complete? Check the CMP sensor. 1.
9
At tthe he CMP CMP sens sensor or con connec necto torr pins pins,, measure the resistance.
Was the resistance within range?
— [Reference] Pins 1-2: ∞Ω Pins 2-3: Approx. 120~130 Ω Pins 1-3: ∞ Ω Pin 1/2/3sensor body:
Replace the CMP sensor. 10 Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
11
1.
Ce Certa rtain inly ly c con onnec nectt the the CMP CMP sen senso sorr and and ECM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC14 detected? 1.
12
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of
—
startups to the replacing ECM. Is the action complete?
Verify repair and go to Step 13
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Check DTC14 will not be set again. 13
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC14 detected?
—
1A-96 Engine Control System Sensor Description
Legend 1. CMP CMP se sens nsor or 2. Shiel Shield d gro ground und
3. Senso Sensorr gr grou ound nd 4. Senso Sensorr signa signall
Engine Control System 1A-97 DTC15 - CKP Sensor System Fault
ECM (Engine Control Module) 25 6 R / / L W W 5 . . 5 0 0
CKP Sensor
8 27 26 B R / W 5 . L / L 0 5 . 5 . 0 0
CMP Sensor
69 Y / G 5 . 0
ITP Sensor
68 Y 5 . 0
EGR Valve Position Sensor
63 66 63 66 67 6764 64 R G G W 5 5 5 5 . . . . 0 0 0 0
Common Rail Pressure Sensor
LNW21AMF006901-X
Circuit Description
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
The CKP (crank position) sensor is installed to the flywheel housing and, when flywheel teeth pass the sensor, a CKP signal is generated. Ninety CKP pulses are generated per cycle (one rotation of crankshaft).
When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps.
The ECM identifies the cylinder from the CKP signal as well as the CMP signal sent from the CMP sensor and determines the crank angle, and uses this angle in fuel injection control and engine speed calculation. These tasks are usually performed utilizing the CKP signal but if the CKP sensor fails, the CMP signal will substitute for the CKP signal. DTC15 will be set when the number of CKP signals received by the ECM is not correct.
1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
Major Faulty Event • Poor Poor st star artab tabil ilit ity y • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty
4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
Conditions for Setting the DTC
5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
No CKP signal is input while the CMP signal is input to the ECM 40 times. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the the DTC is set and the engine runs at at idle, the ECM will illuminate the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • When the the CMP CMP sens sensor or is sound sound,, the ECM ECM will will control the powertrain using the CMP signal.
6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
1A-98 Engine Control System Diagnostic Aids
Test Description Descri ption
Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion.
Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 6. If the resistance is sound, the harness and sensor are not faulty. 7. If pins are jumpered and the resistance reads ∞ Ω, the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered and the resistance reads 0Ω, the cause is short.
• Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the CKP sensor and sensor connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, install these devices certainly. Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
—
3
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC15 detected? Check the CKP sensor ground circuit for +B short. 4
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
Pins 25-109/ 114/115/116
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
∞Ω
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
5
6
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 11
—
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 7
∞Ω
—
Is the action complete? Check the CKP sensor circuit for open wiring or short.
Go to Step 6
Pins 6-109/ 114/115/116
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the harness on which +B short was found.
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Pins 25-6: 22~28 Ω Pins 25/6-26: ∞Ω
Pins 25/6ground: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range?
Engine Control System 1A-99 Step
Action
Value(s)
Check the harness between ECM and CKP sensor for open wiring or short.
Pins 25-6 (jumpered: pins 1-2): 0 Ω (not jumpered): jumpered):
1.
Disc Discon onnec nectt the CKP CKP sens sensor or conne connect ctor or..
2.
Jump Jumper er the the CKP CKP s sen enso sorr conn connec ector tor pins pins and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
7
Was the resistance within range?
Repair replace the harness with open wiring oror short.
1. 9
At th the e CKP CKP s sen enso sorr con conne nect ctor or pi pins ns,, measure the resistance.
Was the resistance within range?
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Verify repair and go to Step 13
—
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 10
∞Ω
—
Is the action complete? Check the CKP sensor.
No
Pins 25/6ground (jumpered: pins 1/2ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞Ω
8
Yes
[Reference] Approx. 20~250 Ω Pin 1/2sensor body: ∞Ω
Replace the CKP sensor. —
10 Is the action complete?
Verify repair and go to Step 13
—
Go to Step 12
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 13
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Review the DTC.
11
1.
Ce Certa rtain inly ly c con onne nect ct the the CKP CKP sen senso sorr and and ECM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC15 detected? 1.
12
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC15 will not be set again. 1. Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC.. 13
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC15 detected?
—
1A-100 Engine Control System Sensor Description
Legend 1. CKP CKP se sens nsor or 2. Projecti Projections ons on fl flywh ywheel eel
3. Senso Sensorr si sign gnal al (+) (+) 4. Senso Sensorr sig signa nall (–)
Engine Control System 1A-101 DTC18 - Starter Degradation (For Only Vehicles Equipped with Idle Stop Function) Circuit Description The number of starter operations is stored to the VIM. The VIM receives the signal from the starter switch and, whenever the starter is set to the position "ST", adds the count by one. When the accumulated number of starter operations exceeds 150000, the VIM sends the signal to the ECM to illuminate the CHECK ENGINE lamp (the lamp blinks ten times and then goes off) so that the driver is requested to replace the starter. sta rter. DTC18 will be set when the accumulated number of startups exceeds 150000 on the vehicle equipped with
3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3
idle stop function and the idle stop function is enabled. Major Faulty Event • Poor Poor st star artab tabil ilit ity y Conditions for Setting the DTC The manual transmission vehicle is in idle stop and the accumulated number of startups exceeds 150000. Action Taken When the DTC Sets After the DTC is set, the ECM will blink the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) 10 times and the turn it off. Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn on on the idle idle position position switc switch h for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2. Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion. • Poo Poorr
conn connect ection ion
at
V VIM: IM:
In Inspec spectt
harness harness
connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damag Damaged ed harness: harness: Inspect Inspect the wi wiring ring harness harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 4
—
Yes
No
Check the accumulated number of startups.
2
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Install Te Tech 2.
3.
Disp Displa lay y "E "Eng ngine ine Start Start observe the count.
Cou Count nts" s"
and and
—
Is the count over 150000? Replace the starter.
3
1.
Chec Check k th the e eng engin ine e ru runs ns..
2. 3.
Repl Replac ace e th the e st star arte terr. Re Rech chec eck k the the engi engine ne runs runs with with tthe he new new starter.
—
Is the action complete?
1A-102 Engine Control System Step
Action
Value(s)
Reset the accumulated number of startups. 1.
En Engi gine ne ""OF OFF", F", st star arte terr switc switch h "ON" "ON"..
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, rese resett the the accum accumul ulate ated d number of startups.
3.
Start art th the en engi gin ne.
4
—
4.
En Engi gine ne OF OFF F , st star arte terr switc switch h OFF OFF .
Is the action complete?
Go to Step 7
—
Go to Step 6
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 7
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Review the DTC. 1. Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC.. 5
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC18 detected? 1.
6
Replace tthe he VI VIM M.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing VIM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC18 will not be set again. 7
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC18 detected?
—
Engine Control System 1A-103 DTC22 - IAT Sensor System Fault
ECM (Engine Control Module) 91 83 B O 5 . / L 5 . 0 0
B / L O 5 5 8 . . 8 0 0
IAT Sensor
LNW21AMF007701-X
Circuit Description
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
The IAT (intake air temperature) sensor consists of thermistor and alters the resistance in response to temperature change. Higher intake air temperature provides smaller resistance while lower temperature provides larger resistance. The ECM supplies 5 V to the IAT sensor via pull-up resistance and calculates the
When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps.
intake air temperature from the change in voltage and uses it in fuel injection control and other control tasks. The voltage is decreased when the resistance is small (the temperature is high) while increased when the resistance is large (the temperature is low). DTC22 will be set when the signal voltage is excessively high or low. Major Faulty Event • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty • Genera Generatio tion n of of whit white e smoke smoke Conditions for Setting the DTC The IAT sensor output voltage deviates from the range between 0.1 V and 4.9 V for at least 3 seconds. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • The ECM ECM con controls trols the powertr powertrain ain u using sing the set set intake air temperature (–10°C).
1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
1A-104 Engine Control System Diagnostic Aids
Test Description Descri ption
Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion.
Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 5. If the output voltage is fixed to 5 V, the possible cause is open wiring in the circuit. If the output voltage is fixed to 0 V, the possible cause is short in the circuit.
• Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the IAT sensor connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 13
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 7
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC22 detected? Check the IAT sensor output voltage.
4
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, displa displays ys the engine engine data. data.
2.
St Star arter ter sw swit itch ch "ON "ON", ", eng engin ine e "OFF "OFF". ".
3.
2.8 V (at 20°C) Ob Obse serv rve e the the "IA "IAT Senso Sensor" r" dis displ play ay for for Approx. output voltage.
Was the voltage within range? Check the IAT sensor output voltage. —
5 Is the voltage fixed to 5 V? Check the IAT sensor circuit for open wiring.
6
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Was the resistance within range?
Pins 91-83: 2.5 kΩ (ECT: approx. 20°C)
Engine Control System 1A-105 Step
Action Check the harness between ECM and IAT sensor for open wiring.
7
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Discon Disconnec nectt tthe he IA IAT T sens sensor or connect connector or..
4.
Jump Jumper er the the IIA AT sens sensor or con connec necto torr pins pins and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Value(s)
Yes
No
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 10
Verify repair and go to Step 15
—
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 12
Verify repair and go to Step 15
—
Go to Step 14
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Pins 91-83 (jumpered: pins 1-2): 0 Ω Pins 91-83ground (jumpered: pins 1/2ground): 0 Ω
Was the resistance within range? Check the IAT sensor circuit for short.
8
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he E ECM CM co conne nnecto ctorr, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 91-83: 2.5 kΩ (ECT: approx. 20°C) Pins 91/83ground: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Check the harness between ECM and IAT sensor for short. 1. St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ". 9
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Discon Disconnec nectt tthe he IA IAT T sens sensor or connect connector or..
4.
At tthe he E ECM CM co conne nnecto ctorr, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 91-83: ∞Ω
Pins 91/83ground: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
10 Is the action complete? Check the IAT sensor. 1.
Disc Discon onnec nectt tthe he IAT IAT sen senso sorr.
2.
Pro Provi vide de tem temper peratu ature re chan change ge on on the the thermosensitive element of the IAT sensor and measure the resistance between the sensor connector pins.
11
See graph
Was the resistance within range? Replace the IAT sensor. —
12 Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
13
1.
Ce Certa rtain inly ly co conn nnec ectt the the IAT IAT sens sensor or and and ECM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3. Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC. Is DTC22 detected? 1.
Repla eplace ce the the ECM. ECM.
IMPORTANT:
—
If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
14
— Verify repair and go to Step 15
—
Value(s)
Yes
No
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Repair is
and go to Step 2
complete
Is the action complete?
1A-106 Engine Control System Step
Action Check DTC22 will not be set again.
15
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC22 detected? Characteristics of IAT Sensor (Reference) 0 0 1 ) k ( e 0 u 1 l a V e c n a t s i s e R 1
1 . 0 -40 --3 30 -2 -20 --1 10
0
10
20
30
40
Temperature ( C) LNW21ASH010301-X
Sensor Description
Legend
1. IA IAT T se sens nsor or 2. Senso Sensorr groun ground d
3. Senso Sensorr signa signall
Engine Control System 1A-107 DTC23 - ECT Sensor System Fault
ECM (Engine Control Module) 49 46 B W / R / 5 . G . 0 5 0
48 G / R 5 . 0 W / G 5 . 0
ECT FT Sensor Sensor
LNW21AMF007101-X
Circuit Description The ECT (engine coolant temperature) sensor consists of thermistor and alters theHigher resistance in response to temperature change. engine coolant temperature provides smaller resistance while lower temperature provides larger resistance. The ECM supplies 5 V to the ECT sensor via pull-up resistance and calculates the engine coolant temperature from the change in voltage and uses it in fuel injection control, EGR control, and other control tasks. The voltage is decreased when the resistance is small (the temperature is high) while increased when the resistance is large (the temperature is low). DTC23 will be set when the signal voltage is
• The EC ECM M controls controls the powertra powertrain in using using the se sett engine coolant temperature (normal running phase: 110°C, startup phase: –20°C). • EGR an and d warm-up warm-up syste systems ms are d disab isabled led.. Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
excessively high or low. Major Faulty Event • Poor startabi startability lity under cold weather weather conditions conditions • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty • Prolo Prolong nged ed war warm-u m-up p ti time me Conditions for Setting the DTC The ECT sensor output voltage deviates from the range between 0.1 V and 4.9 V for at least 3 seconds. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL).
2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared.
1A-108 Engine Control System 7. Turn off off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 seconds seconds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the
inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the
DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault.
Diagnostic Aids
Test Description Descri ption
Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion.
Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 4. If DTC211 is also set, the possible cause is the ground circuit common to ECT EC T and FT sensors. 10. If the output voltage is fixed to 5 V, the possible cause is open wiring in the circuit. If the output voltage is fixed to 0 V, the possible cause is short in the circuit.
• Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken Step 1
Action Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
Value(s)
2
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 10
—
Was the OBD System Check performed? Check the ECT sensor connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
Yes
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
—
3. Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC. Is DTC23 detected? Check multiple DTCs are set. 4
Is DTC211 (Fuel Temperature Sensor System Fault) detected together with DTC23?
—
Check the ground circuit common to ECT and FT sensors for +B short. 5
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 46-109/ 114/115/116: ∞Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. 6
— Is the action complete?
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
Verify repair and go to Step 9
—
Engine Control System 1A-109 Step
7
Action
Value(s)
Check the ground circuit common to ECT and FT sensors for open wiring or short.
Pins 49-46 (not jumpered):
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
∞Ω
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Disc Discon onnec nectt the ETC ETC sens sensor or conne connect ctor or..
4.
Jump Jumper er the the ETC ETC sen senso sorr conn connec ector tor pins pins and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Pins 46ground (jumpered: pins 2ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered):
Was the resistance within range?
∞Ω
Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
8 Is the action complete?
Yes
No
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Verify repair and go to Step 9
—
Go to Step 10
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 18
Go to Step 11
Review the DTC.
9
1.
Ce Certa rtain inly ly c con onne nect ct the the ECT ECT sens sensor or and and ECM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC23 detected? Check the ECT sensor output voltage.
10
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, displa displays ys the engine engine data. data.
2.
St Star arter ter sw swit itch ch "ON "ON", ", eng engin ine e "OFF "OFF". ".
3.
Approx. 0.6 V Ob Obser serve ve the the "EC "ECT T Sens Sensor or"" disp displa lay y for for (ECT: 80°C) output voltage.
Was the voltage within range? Check the ECT sensor output voltage. 11
—
Is the voltage fixed to 5 V?
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 16
Go to Step 13
Verify repair and go to Step 18
—
Pins 46ground (jumpered: pins 2ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Go to Step 16
Go to Step 15
Value(s)
Yes
No
—
Verify repair and go to Step 20
—
Go to Step 18
Go to Step 17
Check the ECT sensor circuit for +B short.
12
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 49/46109/114/115/ 116: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
13 Is the action complete? Check the ECT sensor circuit harness for open wiring or short.
14
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Disc Discon onnec nectt the ECT ECT sens sensor or conne connect ctor or..
4.
At tthe he E ECM CM co conn nnec ector tor,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Was the resistance within range?
Pins 49ground (jumpered: pins 1ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞Ω
1A-110 1A-1 10 Engine Control System Step
Action Repair or replace the faulty harness.
15 Is the action complete? Check the ECT sensor. 1.
Disc Discon onne nect ct th the e EC ECT T sens sensor or..
2.
Pro Provi vide de tem temper peratu ature re chan change ge on on the the thermosensitive element of the ECT sensor and measure the resistance between the sensor connector pins.
16
See graph
Was the resistance within range? Replace the ECT sensor. 17
— Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
18
1.
Ce Certa rtain inly ly c con onne nect ct the the ECT ECT sens sensor or and and ECM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC23 detected? 1.
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with
Verify repair and go to Step 18
—
Go to Step 19
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
—
19
idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM. Is the action complete?
Verify repair and go to Step 20
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Check DTC23 will not be set again. 20
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC23 detected? Characteristics of ECT Sensor (reference) [Thermistor Characteristic Characteristics] s] 30 20
10 ) k 7.0 ( e 5.0 u l a V 3.0 e 2.0 c n a t s 1.0 i s e 0.7 R 0.5 0.3 0.2 0.1 -2 0
0
20
40
60
80 10 0 1 20
Engine Coolant Temperature ( C) LNW21ASH000901-X
Engine Control System 1A-111 Sensor Description
Legend
1. ECT ECT se sens nsor or 2. Therm Thermis istor tor for E ECM CM 3. Thermis Thermistor tor for mete meterr
4. Senso Sensorr gr grou ound nd 5. Sensor Sensor sign signal al (on (on ECM) ECM) 6. Sensor Sensor signa signall (on meter) meter)
1A-112 1A-1 12 Engine Control System DTC24 - Accelerator Sensor System Fault
ECM (Engine Control Module)
110
L / W 5 . 0
908494 108 L W R Y / 5 . / / L B 0 L 5 5 . . . 5 0 0 0
Idle Switch
AP Sensor
LNW21AMF007501-X
Circuit Description The AP (accelerator pedal position) sensor sends the voltage signal that alters in response to the change in accelerator pedal angle to the ECM. The ECM calculates the accelerator pedal position from this voltage signal and uses it in fuel injection control and other control tasks. DTC24 will be set when the signal voltage is excessively high or low. Major Faulty Event • Shor Shortt pow ower er • Poor Poor pedal pedal re resp spons onse e • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC The AP sensor output voltage deviates from the range between 0.1 V and 4.8 V for at least 1.5 seconds. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • The ECM contro controls ls the accelerator accelerator pedal position position according to the signals from the idle position switch. • EGR, warm-up, warm-up, an and d in intake take throttle throttle systems systems are disabled.
• ON/OFF fault judgme judgment nt is disable disabled d on id idle le position position switch. Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again.
Engine Control System 1A-113 When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault.
Diagnostic Aids
Test Description Descri ption
Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion.
Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 4. If the output voltage is fixed to 0 V, the possible cause is open wiring in the circuit. If the output voltage
• Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating,
broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving
is fixed to 5 V, the possible cause is short in the circuit. 8. If pins are jumpered and the resistance reads ∞Ω, the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered and the resistance reads 0 Ω, the cause is short.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer toAids Diagnostic
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 8
Yes
No
Check the AP sensor system for mechanical fault.
2
1.
Ch Chec eck k th the e AP se sens nsor or con connec nector tor for installation and, if mounted improperly, install the device certainly c ertainly..
2.
Ch Chec eck k th the e syste system m comp compon onen ents ts suc such h as accelerator pedal link, bracket, and spring for fault and, if troubles are found, repair the faulty portion. (Refer to Section 1B "Accelerator Pedal".)
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC24 detected? Check the AP sensor output voltage.
4
1.
In Inst stal alll Tech 2.
2.
St Star arte terr swit switch ch "ON" "ON",, and and disp displa lay y the the engine data.
3.
Observ Observe e tthe he "Accel "Accelerat erator or Sensor" Sensor" dis displa play y for output voltage while operating the accelerator pedal.
Idling: 0.43-0.73 V WOT: 4.2-4.8 V
Was the voltage within range? Check the AP sensor output voltage. —
5 Is the voltage 5 V or more?
1A-114 1A-1 14 Engine Control System Step
Action
Value(s)
Check the AP sensor signal circuit for +B short. 1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
Pins 84-109/
6
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
114/115/116: ∞Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
7 Is the action complete? Check the harness between ECM and AP sensor for open wiring or short.
8
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Disc Discon onnec nectt the AP AP senso sensorr conne connect ctor or..
4.
Jump Jumper er the the AP AP sens sensor or con connec nector tor pins pins and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Was the resistance within range?
Go to Step 8
Verify repair and go to Step 12
—
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 9
Verify repair and go to Step 14
—
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 11
Verify repair and go to Step 14
—
Go to Step 13
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 14
—
Pins 94-84 (jumpered: pins 1-2): 0 Ω Pins 84-91 (jumpered: pins 2-3): 0 Ω Pins 94-90 (jumpered: pins 1-3): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 94/84/ 90-108 (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 94/84/ 90/108ground (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
9
Go to Step 10
Is the action complete? Check the AP sensor. 1. 10
At th the e AP sens sensor or co conn nnec ecto torr measure the resistance.
p pins ins,,
Pins 1/2/3ground: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Replace the AP sensor. —
11 Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
12
1.
Ce Certa rtainl inly y conne connect ct the the AP AP sens sensor or and and ECM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC24 detected? 1.
13
Repla eplace ce the the ECM. ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM. Is the action complete?
—
Engine Control System 1A-115
Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Check DTC24 will not be set again. 14
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC24 detected? Switch Description
Legend 1. Idl Idle e positi position on switch switch 2. AP sens ensor 3. Senso Sensorr groun ground d
4. Senso Sensorr sig signa nall 5. Senso Sensorr powe powerr
1A-116 1A-1 16 Engine Control System DTC25 - Vehicle Speed Sensor System Fault
VIM (Vehicle Interface Module) 34 31 71 0.5 R/B
30
0.5 0.5 Y Y/BR
PTO Sensor
0.5 Y/G
Idling Control
VS Sensor LNW21AMF007801-X
Circuit Description
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
The VS (vehicle speed) sensor is equipped with a Hall effect circuit. The magnet installed to the transmission output shaft is rotated together with the shaft to generate a magnetic field. This Hall effect sensor
When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps.
interacts with the magnetic field and generates and sends a signal to the VIM. The VS sensor is energized via meter fuse. The VIM uses the VS signal pulses to judge the vehicle speed. DTC25 will be set when the VIM does not receive the VS signal under the running conditions (clutch engaged).
1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
Major Faulty Event • Imprope Improperr speedo speedomete meterr indica indicatio tion n • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC The state where clutch and neutral switches are in normal condition, the automatic transmission or clutch switch is turned off, the engine is running at 2200 rpm or more, the neutral switch is turned tu rned off, and the vehicle speed is 0 km/h lasts 5 seconds. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL).
2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but pedal.) not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the
DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
Engine Control System 1A-117 Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion. • Poor conne connecti ction on at VIM: VIM: Inspect Inspect harne harness ss connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be
OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault).
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the VS sensor connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, install the device certainly.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 9
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC25 detected? Check the speedometer for operation. 4
1.
Run the the ve vehi hicl cle. e.
2.
Chec Check k tthe he sp spee eedo dome mete terr.
—
Is the speedometer working correctly? Check the VS sensor signal circuit for open wiring. 5
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Jump Jumper er the VS s sens ensor or conn connec ector tor an and d measure the resistance at the VIM connector.
Pins 14ground (jumpered: pins 2ground): 0 Ω
Was the resistance within range? Check the VS sensor power circuit for open wiring. 1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Disc Discon onne nect ct connectors.
6 3. 4.
VIM VIM
and and
V VS S
sens sensor or
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "ON" "ON".. At tthe he VS VS se sens nsor or con conne nect ctor or pow power er p pin ins, s, measure the voltage.
Pins 1ground: 24 V
Was the voltage within range?
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 9
Yes
No
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 9
Verify repair and go to Step 14
—
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 11
1A-118 1A-1 18 Engine Control System Step
Action
Value(s)
Check the VS sensor ground circuit for open wiring.
7
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Me Meas asur ure e the the resi resist stan ance ce bet betwe ween en V VS S sensor connector ground pin and ground (e.g., frame or body)
Pins 2ground: 0Ω
Was the resistance within range? Check the VS sensor signal circuit for open wiring. 8
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Jump Jumper er the VS s sens ensor or conn connec ector tor an and d measure the resistance at the VIM connector.
Pins 14ground (jumpered: pins 2ground): 0 Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. 9
Is the action complete?
—
Check the VS sensor.
10
1.
Remo Remove ve th the e VS VS sen senso sorr.
2.
Co Conne nnect ct the the VS VS se sens nsor or con conne nect ctor or..
3.
Star Starte terr swi switc tch h "ON" "ON"..
4.
While While tturn urning ing the VS senso sensorr shaft shaft slowly slowly,, measure the voltage between connector pins 2 and 3.
1.0 ~ 3.0 V / 12.0 ~ 15.0 V
Did the voltage change within range? Replace the VS sensor. —
11 Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 12
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
13
go to Step 14
—
Go to Step 13
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 14
—
—
Is DTC25 detected? 1.
Verify repair and
Replace tthe he VI VIM M.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing VIM. Is the action complete?
—
Check DTC25 will not be set again. 1. Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC.. 14
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC25 detected?
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Engine Control System 1A-119 Sensor Description
Legend 1. VS sens ensor 2. Senso Sensorr si sign gnal al
3. Senso Sensorr gr grou ound nd 4. Sens Sensor or p pow ower er
1A-120 Engine Control System DTC28 - PTO Accelerator Sensor System Fault
VIM (Vehicle Interface Module) 34 31 71 0.5 R/B
30
0.5 0.5 Y Y/BR
PTO Sensor
0.5 Y/G
Idling Control
Circuit Description The PTO accelerator sensor sends the voltage signal that alters in response to the change in PTO control lever angle to the VIM. The VIM calculates the PTO
VS Sensor LNW21AMF007801-X
DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the
control lever angle from this voltage signal and sends it to the ECM through CAN communications. Then, the ECM uses the voltage signal in fuel injection control during PTO. DTC28 will be set when the PTO accelerator sensor output signal is excessively high. Major Faulty Event
accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the
• Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC The PTO accelerator sensor output signal exceeds 4.9 V for 1 second. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • Even afte afterr the D DTC TC is set, set, the the ECM will will not not illuminate the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • The ECM ECM con controls trols the powertr powertrain ain u using sing the set set PTO accelerator position (0 %). Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the
accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
Engine Control System 1A-121 Diagnostic Aids
OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving
Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion.
connectors and wiring related to the the sensor. A change in theharnesses display will indicate location of the fault.
• Poor conne connecti ction on at VIM: VIM: Inspect Inspect harne harness ss connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be
Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault).
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
Yes
No Refer to OBD
Go to Step 2
System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Check the PTO accelerator sensor system for mechanical fault.
2
1.
Ch Chec eck k th the e PTO PTO acc accele elerat rator or sens sensor or connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, install the device certainly. certainly.
2.
Ch Chec eck k th the e matc matchin hing g marks marks on the the PTO PTO accelerator sensor and bolt for alignment and, if misaligned, adjust positions of the sensor and bolt.
Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
—
3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC28 detected?
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
Verify repair and go to Step 11
—
Yes
No
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Verify repair and go to Step 13
—
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 10
Verify repair and go to Step 13
—
Check the PTO accelerator sensor output voltage. 1.
Install Te Tech 2.
2.
St Star arte terr swit switch ch "ON" "ON",, and and disp displa lay y the the engine data.
3.
Ob Obser serve ve the the "PTO "PTO Acce Accele lerat rator or Sens Sensor or"" display for output voltage while operating
4
Idling: 0.3-0.6 V WOT: 4.07-4.67 V
the PTO control lever. Was the voltage within range? Check the PTO accelerator sensor circuit for +B short. 5
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the VIM VIM..
3.
At tthe he VIM VIM c con onne necto ctorr pins pins,, meas measure ure th the e resistance.
Pins 31/34/ 71-38/75/76: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
6 Is the action complete?
1A-122 Engine Control System Step
Action
Value(s)
Check the PTO accelerator sensor circuit for short.
7
1.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the VIM VIM..
2.
Disc Discon onne nect ct th the e PTO PTO accele accelerat rator or sens sensor or connector.
3.
At tthe he VIM VIM c con onne necto ctorr pins pins,, meas measure ure th the e resistance.
Pins 71-31: ∞ Ω Pins 31-34: ∞ Ω Pins 71-34: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
8 Is the action complete?
9
Check the PTO accelerator sensor. 1. Me Meas asur ure e the the re resi sista stanc nce e betw between een each each sensor connector pin and ground (e.g., frame or body)
∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? 10
Replace the PTO accelerator sensor). Is the action complete?
control
lever
(PTO —
Review the DTC.
11
1.
Ce Cert rtai ainl nly y connec connectt the PTO PTO acc accel eler erato ator r sensor and VIM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC28 detected? 1.
12
Go to Step 12
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 13
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Replace tthe he VI VIM M.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing VIM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC28 will not be set again. 1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
13
— Is DTC28 detected?
Engine Control System 1A-123 DTC31 - Idle Up Volume System Fault
VIM (Vehicle Interface Module) 34 31 71 0.5 R/B
0.5 0.5 Y Y/BR
30 0.5 Y/G
PTO Sensor
Idling Control
Circuit Description The idle up volume switch controls the idle speed during warm-up and is installed in the driver’s side instrument panel. This switch is active only when the gear is in the neutral position (parking or neutral position for automatic transmission vehicles). When the shift lever is moved to another position, the switch is canceled. The ECM receives the idle up signal from this switch and controls the fuel injection quantity. DTC31 will be set when the output outp ut signal is excessively high or low. Major Faulty Event • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC The idle up volume output signal deviates from the range between 0.2 V and 4.8 V for 1 second. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • Even afte afterr the D DTC TC is set, set, the the ECM will will not not illuminate the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • The idle idle up v volu olume me switc switch h is disab disabled led.. Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the
VS Sensor LNW21AMF007801-X
DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
1A-124 Engine Control System Diagnostic Aids
Test Description Descri ption
Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion.
Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 8. If pins are jumpered and the resistance reads ∞ Ω, the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered and the resistance reads 0 Ω, the cause is short.
• Poor conne connecti ction on at VIM: VIM: Inspect Inspect harne harness ss connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the
sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the idle up volume switch connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 7
Verify repair and go to Step 12
—
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC31 detected? Check the idle up volume output voltage.
4
1.
Install Te Tech 2.
2.
St Star arter ter sw swit itch ch "ON "ON", ", eng engin ine e "OFF "OFF". ".
3.
Observ Observe e the the "Id "Idle le Up Up Volu Volume" me" displa display y for for output voltage while operating the idle up volume switch.
approx. 0.4 V (minimum) ~ 4.5 V (maximum)
Was the voltage within range? Check the idle up volume output voltage. —
5 Is the voltage 5 V or more? Check the idle up volume switch circuit for +B short. 6
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the VIM VIM..
3.
At tthe he VIM VIM c con onne necto ctorr pins pins,, meas measure ure th the e resistance.
Pins 34/30/ 71-36/38/75/ 76: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. 7
Is the action complete?
—
Engine Control System 1A-125 Step
Action
Value(s)
Check the idle up volume switch circuit harness for open wiring or short.
Pins 71-34 (jumpered: pins 1-2): 0 Ω (not jumpered): jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 31-34
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the VIM VIM..
3.
Disc Discon onne nect ct tthe he iidl dle e up volu volume me swit switch ch connector.
Yes
No
4. 8
Jump Jumper er the id idle le up vol volume ume swit switch ch connector and measure the resistance at the VIM connector.
Was the resistance within range?
(jumpered: pins 2-3): 0 Ω (not jumpered): jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 71-31 (jumpered: pins 1-3): 0 Ω (not jumpered): jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 71/34/ 31-ground (not jumpered): jumpered): ∞ Ω
Repair or replace the faulty harness. 9
— Is the action complete? Check the idle up volume switch.
10
1. 2.
Re Remov move e th the e iidl dle e up up vol volum ume e swit switch ch.. Tes estt th the e con contin tinuit uity y betwee between n idle idle up up volume switch connector pins,
Was the resistance within range?
Go to Step 9
Verify repair and go to Step 14
—
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 11
Verify repair and go to Step 14
—
Go to Step 13
Refer toAids Diagnostic
Verify repair and go to Step 14
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Repair is
and go to Step 2
complete
Pins 1-2: Discontinued Pins 2-3: Discontinued Pins 1-3: Continued
Replace the idle up volume switch. —
11
Go to Step 12
Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
12
1.
Ce Cert rtain ainly ly conn connect ect the id idle le up up volu volume me switch and VIM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC31 detected? 1.
13
Replace tthe he VI VIM M.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing VIM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC31 will not be set again. 14
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC31 detected?
1A-126 Engine Control System Idle Up Volume Switch Description
—
1
2
3
Circuit Diagram 1 300 2 0 3
LNW21ASF000701-X
Legend 1. Po Powe werr su supp pply ly 2. Grou round
3. Sig Signal
Engine Control System 1A-127 DTC33 - VIM Internal Fault (EEPROM Write Error) Circuit Description The EEPROM is a memory device mounted inside the VIM and counts the accumulated number of starter operation cycles. Multiple systems are used to record the number of starter operation cycles so that the figures recorded can be compared each other. DTC33 will be set when the values recorded to the EEPROM do not agree each other. Conditions for Setting the DTC The stored count values do not agree each other when the starter switch position is changed from OFF to ON. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • Even afte afterr the D DTC TC is set, set, the the ECM will will not not illuminate the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • Counte Counted d and stored stored values values are reset reset.. Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn on on the idle idle position position switc switch h for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) Step 1
Action Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2. Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion. • Poo Poorr conn connect ection ion at V VIM: IM: Inspe spect ct har harness ness connectors for backed-out pins, In improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Check the pa past st serv service ice re record cord for for replacemen replacementt of VIM. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault).
Value(s)
2
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
—
Was the OBD System Check performed? Check the VIM connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
Yes
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC33 detected?
— Refer to Go to Step 4
Diagnostic Aids
1A-128 Engine Control System Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Verify repair and go to Step 6
—
Verify repair and go to Step 7
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 1
Repair is complete
Check the VIM ground circuit for open wiring.
4
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the VIM VIM..
3.
Me Meas asure ure th the e resi resist stanc ance e betw betwee een n VIM VIM connector pin and ground (e.g., frame or body)
Pins 39/52/ 60/66/73ground: 0 Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
5 Is the action complete? 1.
6
Replace tthe he VI VIM M.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing VIM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC33 will not be set again. 1. Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC.. 7
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC33 detected?
—
Engine Control System 1A-129 DTC34 - ECM Internal Fault (Charge Circuit Fault)
ECM (Engine Control Module 23 L 5 7 . 0
24 Y / W 5 7 . 0
5
4
R R / L 5 . 5 2 2 . 1 0
Cylinder 2 Cy Cyll iin n de de r 3
42 B 5 7 . 0
43 2 1 W / G 5 7 . 0
W / W L 5 5 2 . 2 . 1 1
Cy Cyll iin n de de r 4 Cylinder 1
LNW21AMF007001-X
Circuit Description The charge circuit in the ECM steps up the voltage for injectors and is divided into two banks, common 1 and common 2. Common 1 covers injectors in cylinders 1 and 4 and common 2 covers injectors in cylinders 2 and 3. DTC34 will be set when the voltage on one of two charge circuits is excessively high or low. Major Faulty Event • Shor Shortt pow ower er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty • Genera Generatio tion n of of blac black ks smoke moke Conditions for Setting the DTC The charge circuit voltage in the ECM is excessively high or low. Action Taken When the DTC Sets
following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3
seconds to report the memory is cleared. • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • Fault judgme judgment nt is is disabled disabled on injecto injectorr drive drive system. Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the
1A-130 Engine Control System Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the th e faulty portion. • Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be
OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault).
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
Check the ECM connector for installation and, 2
if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC34 detected? Check the injector drive circuit for +B short.
4
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 1/2/4/5109/114/115/ 116:
∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Check the ECM ground circuit for open wiring.
5
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Me Meas asur ure e the the re resi sist stan ance ce bet betwe ween en E ECM CM connector pin and ground (e.g., frame or body)
Was the resistance within range?
Pins 87/95/ 119/120/121ground: 0 Ω
Repair or replace the faulty harness. 6
— Is the action complete? 1.
7
Verify repair and go to Step 7
—
Verify repair and go to Step 8
—
1. Repl eplace ace tthe he ECM. ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete?
Engine Control System 1A-131 Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 1
Repair is complete
Check DTC34 will not be set again. 8
1. 2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC.. Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC34 detected?
1A-132 Engine Control System DTC35 - VIM Internal Fault (A/D Conversion Fault) Circuit Description The VIM converts analog signals (voltage signals) input from various sensors into digital signals to perform diversified control tasks and arithmetic operations. DTC35 will be set when this A/D (analog-to-digital) conversion is faulty. faulty. Major Faulty Event • Genera Generatio tion n of whit white/bl e/black ack smok smoke e • Inactiv Inactive e idle idle up volume volume system system • Inacti Inactive ve PTO PTO acceler accelerator ator senso sensorr system system Conditions for Setting the DTC The A/D (analog-to-digital) conversion is not complete in the VIM. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • Fault judgmen judgmentt is disabled disabled on PTO PTO accelerato accelerator r sensor, atmospheric pressure sensor, and idle up volume. Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the
3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. to the vehicle, the When Tech 2 has been connected DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2. Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion. • Poo Poorr conn connect ection ion at V VIM: IM: In Inspe spect ct har harness ness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Check the pa past st serv service ice re record cord for for replacemen replacementt of VIM. Test Description Descri ption
second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn on on the idle idle position position switc switch h for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault).
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed? 2
Check the VIM connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC35 detected?
Engine Control System 1A-133 Step
4
Action Check the VIM ground circuit for open wiring. 1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the VIM VIM..
3.
Me Meas asure ure th the e resi resist stanc ance e betw betwee een n VIM VIM connector pin and ground (e.g., frame or body)
Value(s)
Repair or replace the faulty harness. — Is the action complete? 1.
6
No
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Verify repair and go to Step 6
—
Verify repair and go to Step 7
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 1
Repair is complete
Pins 39/52/ 60/66/73ground: 0 Ω
Was the resistance within range? 5
Yes
Replace tthe he VI VIM M.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing VIM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC35 will not be set again. 7
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC35 detected?
—
1A-134 Engine Control System DTC43 - ITP Sensor System Fault
ECM (Engine Control Module) 25 6 R L / / W W 5 . . 5 0 0
8 27 26 B R W / 5 . L / L 0 5 . 5 . 0 0
69 Y / G 5 . 0
68 Y 5 . 0
63 66 63 66 67 6764 64 R G W G 5 . . 5 . 5 . 5 0 0 0 0
CKP Sensor
CMP Sensor
ITP Sensor
EGR Valve Position Sensor
Common Rail Pressure Sensor
LNW21AMF006901-X
Circuit Description
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
The ITP (intake throttle position) sensor sends the voltage signal that alters in response to the change in throttle position to the ECM. The ECM calculates the throttle position from this voltage signal and uses it in intake throttle control and other control tasks. DTC43 will be set when the output voltage from the ITP sensor is excessively high or low.
When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps.
Major Faulty Event • Genera Generatio tion n of of blac black ks smoke moke • Shor Shortt pow ower er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty • Extensive Extensive suction suction noise during acceleration acceleration or exhaust braking Conditions for Setting the DTC The ITP sensor output voltage deviates from the range between 0.1 V and 4.9 V for at least 1 second. Action Taken When the DTC Sets
1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
• After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL).
6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared.
• Intake throttle throttle and EGR systems systems are disable disabled. d.
7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and
• Fault judgmen judgmentt is disabled disabled on intake intake throttle throttle valve.
turn on the starter switch again. to the vehicle, the When Tech 2 has been connected DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
Engine Control System 1A-135 Diagnostic Aids
Test Description Descri ption
Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the th e faulty portion.
Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 4. If the DTC44 or DTC245 are also set, the possible cause is ground circuit common to ITP sensor and EGR position sensor or common rail pressure sensor. 10. If the output voltage is fixed to 0 V, the possible cause is open wiring in the circuit. If the output voltage is fixed to 5 V, the possible cause is short in the circuit. 14. If pins are jumpered and the resistance reads ∞ Ω,
• Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault.
the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered and the resistance reads 0 Ω, the cause is short.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the intake throttle connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
Verify repair and go to Step 9
—
Yes
No
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 1. Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC. 3
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC43 detected? Check multiple DTCs are set. 4
Are DTC44 (EGR Position Sensor Fault)or DTC245 (Common Rail Pressure Sensor Fault) detected together with DTC43?
—
Check the circuit ground common to ITP sensor , EGR position sensor and common rail pressure sensor for +B short. 5
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 64 -109/ 114/115/116: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. 6
— Is the action complete?
1A-136 Engine Control System Step
7
Action
Value(s)
Check the circuit ground common or common power circuit to ITP, EGR position and common rail pressure sensors for open wiring or short.
Pins 64-63 (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 64ground (jumpered): Pins 1ground: 0 Ω (not jumpered):
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Disc Discon onne nect ct th the e ITP se sens nsor or conne connect ctor or..
4.
Jump Jumper er the the ITP ITP sen senso sorr co conne nnect ctor or and and
measure the resistance at the ECM connector. Was the resistance within range?
∞ Ω
Pins 63ground (jumpered): Pins 4ground: 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Repair or replace the faulty harness. 8
— Is the action complete?
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Verify repair and go to Step 9
—
Go to Step 10
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 18
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 13
Verify repair and go to Step 18
—
Review the DTC. 1.
Ce Certa rtain inly ly c con onne nect ct the the ITP ITP sens sensor or and and ECM connectors.
2. 3.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC.. Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
9
—
Is DTC43 detected? Check the ITP sensor output voltage. 1.
Install Te Tech 2.
2.
St Star arte terr swit switch ch "ON" "ON",, and and disp displa lay y the the engine data.
10 3.
Ob Obser serve ve the the "Inta "Intake ke Throt Throttl tle e display for output voltage.
Approx. 4 V
Val Valve ve""
Was the voltage within range? Check the ITP sensor output voltage. 11
— Is the voltage 5 V or more? Check the ITP sensor SIG circuit for +B short.
12
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 69-109/ 114/115/116: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
13 Is the action complete?
Engine Control System 1A-137 Step
Action
Value(s)
Check the between ECM to ITP sensor harness for open wiring or short.
Pins 69-64 (jumpered: 1-2): 0 Ω (not jumpered):
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
Yes
No
14
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Discon Disconnec nectt the the IInta ntake ke thro throttl ttle e conn connect ector or..
4.
Jumper Jumper the Int Intake ake thr thrott ottle le connec connector tor and measure the resistance at the ECM
connector. Was the resistance within range?
∞ Ω
Pins 69-63 (jumpered: 2-4): 0 Ω (not jumpered): Pins 64-63 (jumpered: 1-4): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 64/69/ 63-ground (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
15 Is the action complete? Check the ITP sensor. 1. 16
Test the con contin tinuit uity y betw between een ITP sensor sensor connector pins.
Does the ITP sensor meet the requirements?
Go to Step 15
Verify repair and go to Step 20
—
Go to Step 18
Go to Step 15
Verify repair and go to Step 20
—
Go to Step 19
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 20
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Pins 1-2, Pins1/2/42-4, Pins 3/5: Discontinued Pins 1-4: Continued
Replace the Intake trottle (ITP sensor). 17
Go to Step 16
— Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
18
1.
Ce Certa rtain inly ly c con onne nect ct the the ITP ITP sens sensor or and and ECM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC43 detected? 1.
19
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC43 will not be set again. 20
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC43 detected?
1A-138 Engine Control System
—
Intake Throttle Valve Description
Legend 1. Throt Throttl tle e valv valve e 2. IT ITP P se sens nsor or 3. Redu Reduct ctio ion n gear gears s 4. DC mo moto tor r 5. Senso Sensorr groun ground d
6. 7. 8. 9.
Senso Sensorr sig signa nall Moto Motorr (– (–)) Senso Sensorr powe powerr Moto Motorr ((+ +)
Engine Control System 1A-139 DTC44 - EGR Valve Position Sensor System Fault
ECM (Engine Control Module) 25 6 R / / L W W 5 . . 5 0 0
CKP Sensor
8 27 26 B R W / 5 . L / L 0 5 . 5 . 0 0
CMP Sensor
69 Y / G 5 . 0
ITP Sensor
68 Y 5 . 0
EGR Valve Position Sensor
63 66 63 66 67 6764 64 R G W G 5 . . 5 . 5 . 5 0 0 0 0
Common Rail Pressure Sensor
LNW21AMF006901-X
Circuit Description
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
The EGR valve position sensor sends the voltage signal that alters in response to the change in EGR valve position to the ECM. The ECM calculates the EGR valve position from this voltage signal and uses it in EGR control and other control tasks. DTC44 will be set when the output voltage from the EGR valve position sensor is excessively high or low.
When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps.
Major Faulty Event • Genera Generatio tion n of of blac black ks smoke moke • Shor Shortt pow ower er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC The EGR valve position sensor voltage deviates from the range between 0.3 V and 4.6 V for at least 3 seconds. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • Intake throttle throttle and EGR systems systems are disable disabled. d. • The EGR motor motor is is deene deenergi rgized zed.. • Fault Fault judgmen judgmentt is disabl disabled ed on EGR valv valve. e.
1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the
DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
1A-140 Engine Control System Diagnostic Aids
Test Description Descri ption
Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the th e faulty portion.
Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 4. If the DTC43 or DTC245 are also set, the possible
• Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault.
cause is ground circuit common to ITP sensor and EGR position sensor or common rail pressure seosor. 7. If pins are jumpered and the resistance reads ∞ Ω, the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered and the resistance reads 0 Ω, the cause is short. 10. If the output voltage is fixed to 5 V, the possible cause is open wiring in the circuit. If the output voltage is fixed to 0 V, the possible cause is short in the circuit.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
2
Was the OBD System Check performed? Check the EGR valve connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
Yes
No Refer to OBD System Check
Go to Step 2
and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
Verify repair and go to Step 9
—
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC44 detected? Check multiple DTCs are set. 4
Are DTC44 (EGR Position Sensor Fault)or DTC245 (Common Rail Pressure Sensor Fault) detected together with DTC43?
—
Check the circuit ground common to ITP sensor , EGR position sensor and common rail pressure sensor for +B short. 5
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 64-109/ 114/115/116: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. 6
Is the action complete?
—
Engine Control System 1A-141 Step
7
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
Check the circuit ground common or common power circuit to ITP sensor, EGR position sensor and common rail pressure sensors for open wiring or short.
Pins 64-63 (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pin 64ground (jumpered: 2-ground): 0Ω (not jumpered): jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 63ground (jumpered: 1-ground): 0Ω (not jumpered): jumpered): ∞ Ω
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Verify repair and go to Step 9
—
Go to Step 10
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 16
Go to Step 13
Verify repair and go to Step 17
—
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Disc Discon onnec nectt the EGR EGR posi positi tion on sens sensor or..
4.
Jump Jumper er the the EGR EGR s sen enso sorr conn connect ector or pin pin and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Was the resistance within range?
Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
8 Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
9
1.
Ce Certa rtain inly ly c conn onnec ectt the the EGR EGR sensor and ECM connectors.
posi positi tion on
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC44 detected? 10
Check the EGR valve position sensor output voltage.
—
Is the voltage 5 V or more? Check the EGR valve position sensor circuit for +B short. 11
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 63/68/ 64-109/114/ 115/116: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. 12
— Is the action complete?
1A-142 Engine Control System Step
13
Action
Value(s)
Check the EGR valve position sensor circuit harness for open wiring or short.
Pins 63-64 (jumpered:
1. 2.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ". Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Disc Discon onne nect ct th the e EGR v valv alve e con conne nect ctor or..
4.
Jump Jumper er the the EGR EGR val vale e conne connect ctor or pin pin and and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Was the resistance within range?
pins 1-2): 0 Ω (not jumpered): jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 64-68 (jumpered: pins 2-3): 0 Ω (not jumpered): jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 63-68 (jumpered: pins 1-3): 0 Ω (not jumpered): jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 63/64/ 68-ground (not jumpered): jumpered): ∞ Ω
Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
14 Is the action complete? Check the EGR valve position sensor. se nsor. 1.
At the EGR valv valve e con connec necto torr measure the resistance.
pins pins,,
Was the resistance within range? 15
16
Replace the EGR valve (EGR valve position sensor). Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
[Reference] Pins 1-2: Approx. 1.4~2 kΩ Pins 2-3: Approx. 6~8 Ω Pins 1-3: Approx. 5~7 kΩ Pins 1/2/3-4/ 5: ∞ Ω —
Yes
No
Go to Step 15
Go to Step 14
Verify repair and go to Step 19
—
Go to Step 17
Go to Step 16
Verify repair and go to Step 19
—
17
1.
Ce Certa rtain inly ly c con onnec nectt the the EGR EGR valv valve e and and ECM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
— Refer to
Is DTC44 detected? 1. Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
18
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
Go to Step 18
Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 19
—
—
Is the action complete?
Engine Control System 1A-143 Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Check DTC44 will not be set again. 19
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC44 detected? EGR Valve Description
Legend 1. Ex Exha haus ustt path path 2. Valve 3. Moto Motorr (–) (–) 4. Senso Sensorr si sign gnal al
5. Senso Sensorr gr grou ound nd 6. Sens Sensor or p pow ower er 7. Moto Motorr (+ (+)) 8. DC moto motor r
1A-144 Engine Control System DTC45 - EGR Valve System Fault
ECM (Engine Control Module) 35 16 G / W 5 7 . 0
M-
R 5 7 . 0
M
58 59 Y / B / L W 5 5 7 . . 0 7 0
M+ M-
Intake Throttle DC Motor
M
M+
EGR DC Motor
LNW21AMF007301-X
Circuit Description
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
The EGR valve is operated by the DC motor. The DC motor changes the drive duty to operate the valve, and increasing the duty opens the valve while decreasing the duty closes the valve. The ECM calculates the desired EGR valve position according to the current vehicle running condition and controls the DC motor. DTC45 will be set when the difference between desired and actual EGR valve positions is excessively large or the drive voltage is excessively high.
When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps.
Major Faulty Event • Genera Generatio tion n of of blac black ks smoke moke • Shor Shortt pow ower er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC
1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
The state where the EGR valve position sensor is in normal condition and the valve drive voltage is excessively high lasts for at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared.
• After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • EGR and and intake intake throttl throttle e systems systems are disabled disabled.. • The EGR motor motor is is deene deenergi rgized zed..
7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
Engine Control System 1A-145 Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion. • Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving
connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 4. If pins are jumpered and the resistance reads ∞ Ω, the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumper and the resistance reads 0 Ω, the cause is short.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the EGR valve connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly. Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
—
3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
— Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Verify repair and go to Step 9
—
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
Value(s)
Yes
No
—
Verify repair and go to Step 10
—
Go to Step 9
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 10
—
Is DTC45 detected? Check the EGR DC motor drive circuit for open wiring or short.
4
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Disc Discon onne nect ct E EGR GR v valv alve e co conn nnec ector tor..
4.
Jump Jumper er the the E EGR GR va vale le co conn nnec ecto torr and and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Was the resistance within range?
Pins 59-58 (jumpered: pins 4-5): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 59ground (jumpered: pins 4ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 58ground (jumpered: pins 5ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Repair or replace the faulty harness. 5
— Is the action complete? Check the EGR DC motor.
6
1.
Me Meas asure ure th the e resi resist stanc ance e betw between een EGR EGR valve connector pins.
Was the resistance within range?
[Reference] Pins 4-5: Approx. 95~105 Ω
1A-146 Engine Control System Step
Action Replace the EGR valve (EGR DC motor).
7 Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
8
1.
Certai Certainly nly con connec nectt th the e EGR EGR v valve alve pos positi ition on sensor and ECM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC45 detected? 1.
9
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM. Is the action complete?
—
Is the action complete?
go to Step 10
Check DTC45 will not be set again. 10
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Is DTC45 detected?
Repair is complete
EGR Valve Description
Legend 1. Exhau Exhaust st path path 2. Valve 3. Moto Motorr (–) (–) 4. Senso Sensorr si sign gnal al
5. 6. 7. 8.
Senso Sensorr gr grou ound nd Senso Sensorr powe powerr Moto Motorr (+ (+)) DC moto motor r
Engine Control System 1A-147 DTC46 - Exhaust Brake System Fault
SBF 100A
SBF 50A
Battery
SBF 50A
Key SW (START)
Key SW (ON)
SBF 30A
# 22 10A
# 19 15A
Main Relay 0.5 L/Y ECM
0.5 L/Y
0.5 W
0.5R 27
0.5 B
1.25 W/R
2 6 25
76
1.25 W/R 75
1.25 W/R
0.3 O/L 38
0.5 G/Y 42
Exhaust Brake Lamp
ECO Relay
Glow Lamp
0.5 B/W 3
0.85 B/O
46
0.3 BR/W 36
Exhaust Brake VSV
0.5 LG/B 4
2
VIM (Vehicle Interface Module)
LNW21ALF005801-X
Circuit Description
Conditions for Setting the DTC
The exhaust brake is operated by the solenoid valve on/off control and the resultant vacuum path open/ close action. When the solenoid valve is turned on, the vacuum path is opened and the exhaust brake valve works. When the solenoid valve is turned off, the vacuum path is closed and the atmospheric pressure is applied to release the exhaust brake valve. After the exhaust brake switch is turned on and all the necessary vehicle conditions are met, the VIM energizes (turns on) the solenoid valve. DTC46 will be set when the solenoid valve fails to respond the on/off operation of the exhaust brake.
With the battery voltage at 20 V or more, the engine speed at 500 rpm or more, and the exhaust brake turned on, the solenoid valve is turned off or exhaust brake turned off, the solenoid valve is turned on for 1 second.
Major Faulty Event
When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps.
• Inacti Inactive ve exhaus exhaustt brake brake syste system m and QWS QWS • Inac Inacti tive ve ABS/A ABS/ASR SR
Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DT DTC C is set, tthe he ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • The ex exhau haust st brake brake sys system tem is di disab sabled led.. Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
1A-148 Engine Control System 1. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn on on the idle idle position position switc switch h for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the
Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion. • Poo Poorr conn connect ection ion at V VIM: IM: In Inspe spect ct har harness ness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection.
accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn on on the idle idle position position switc switch h for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operations operations are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 seconds seconds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2. Step 1
Action Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
• Damag Damaged ed harness: harness: Inspect Inspect the wi wiring ring harness harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 4. If even this step fails to detect the DTC, the exhaust brake solenoid valve is faulty. Value(s)
2
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Verify repair and go to Step 11
—
—
Was the OBD System Check performed? Check the exhaust brake solenoid valve connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
Yes
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC46 detected? Check the exhaust brake solenoid valve circuit. 1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Disc Discon onne nect ct th the e exhau exhaust st brak brake e solen solenoid oid valve connector.
4 3.
Jump Jumper er the the h har arne ness ss con connec nector tor pi pins ns..
4.
Use Use Step Step 3 and and revi review ew th the e DTC DTC
—
Is DTC46 detected? Replace the exhaust brake solenoid valve. —
5 Is the action complete?
Engine Control System 1A-149 Step
Action Check the exhaust brake solenoid valve
Value(s)
Yes
No
circuit.
6
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the VIM VIM..
3.
Jumper Jumper the solenoi solenoid d valv valve ec conn onnect ector or and measure the resistance at the VIM connector.
Pins 2ground (jumpered: pins 2ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range?
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Check the exhaust brake solenoid valve circuit. 1. 2. 7 3.
Pins 75ground Disc Discon onne nect ct th the e vehic vehicle le side side co conn nnec ector tor (jumpered: from ECM. pins 1ground): 0 Ω Jumper Jumper the solenoi solenoid d valv valve ec conn onnect ector or and measure the resistance at the ECM (not jumpered): ∞ Ω connector. St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. 8
— Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
9
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
10
go to Step 11
—
Go to Step 9
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 11
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
—
Is DTC46 detected? 1.
Verify repair and
Replace the VI VIM M
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing VIM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC46 will not be set again. 11
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
St Star artt the the engin engine e and and revi review ew the the DTC DTC..
Is DTC46 detected?
—
1A-150 Engine Control System DTC51 - ECM Internal Fault (CPU Error / CPU History Error) Circuit Description The CPU is a processor mounted in the ECM and receives and processes signals from sensors and switches to control actuators. The sub CPU will set DTC51 when the CPU operation signals are faulty.
3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. 5. Turn Turn off the idle idle posi position tion switch switch for n not ot less than than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
Major Faulty Event • Engi Engin ne st stop op Conditions for Setting the DTC The sub CPU judges the CPU fail. Otherwise, with the battery voltage 20 V or more and the starter switch turned off, the CPU working signals are not detected even after the initial status lasts for at least 0.4 second. Action Taken When the DTC Sets
6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
• After the DTC DTC is set, the the ECM (sub CPU) will illuminate the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL).
Diagnostic Aids
• Upon restora restoration tion of CPU, the acc accelerat elerator or position position is limited and then the limitation is relaxed gradually.
Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion.
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn on on the idle idle position position switc switch h for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the
• Poo Poorr conn connecti ection on at ECM: ECM: Inspect Inspect ha harnes rness s connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Check the pa past st serv service ice re record cord for for replacemen replacementt of ECM. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault).
accelerator pedal.) Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed? 2
Check the ECM connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC51 detected?
—
Engine Control System 1A-151 Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Verify repair and go to Step 6
—
Verify repair and go to Step 7
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 1
Repair is complete
Check the ECM ground circuit for open wiring.
4
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Me Meas asur ure e the the re resi sist stan ance ce bet betwe ween en E ECM CM connector pin and ground (e.g., frame or body)
Pins 87/95/ 119/120/121ground: 0 Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
5 Is the action complete? 1.
6
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC51 will not be set again. 1. Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC.. 7
2.
St Star artt the the engin engine e and and revi review ew the the DTC DTC..
Is DTC51 detected?
—
1A-152 Engine Control System DTC52 - ECM Internal Fault (Sub CPU Error) Circuit Description The sub CPU monitors the CPU in the ECM and detects fault(s) of the CPU. The CPU will set DTC52 when the sub CPU operation signals are faulty. Major Faulty Event
3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
• Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC The post initial status lasts at least 2 seconds, the battery voltage is 22 V or more, the starter switch is turned off for at least 0.5 second, and the CPU working signals are faulty for 0.7 second or more. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • The calibratio calibration n of fuel injectio injection n quantity quantity with with common rail pressure and fuel temperature is limited. Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn on on the idle idle position position switc switch h for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2. Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion. • Poo Poorr conn connecti ection on at ECM: ECM: Inspect Inspect ha harnes rness s connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Check the pa past st serv service ice re record cord for for replacemen replacementt of ECM. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault).
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed? 2
Check the ECM connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly. Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
—
3
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC52 detected
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Engine Control System 1A-153 Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Verify repair and go to Step 6
—
Verify repair and go to Step 7
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 1
Repair is complete
Check the ECM ground circuit for open wiring.
4
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2. 3.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM.. Me Meas asur ure e the the re resi sist stan ance ce bet betwe ween en E ECM CM connector pin and ground (e.g., frame or body)
Pins 87/95/ 119/120/121ground: 0 Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
5 Is the action complete? 1.
6
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC52 will not be set again. 7
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
St Star artt the the engin engine e and and revi review ew the the DTC DTC..
Is DTC52 detected?
—
1A-154 Engine Control System DTC61 - Intake Throttle Valve System Fault
ECM (Engine Control Module) 35 16 G / W 5 7 . 0
M-
R 5 7 . 0
M
58 59 Y B / / L W 5 5 7 . . 0 7 0
M+ M-
Intake Throttle DC Motor
M
M+
EGR DC Motor
LNW21AMF007301-X
Circuit Description
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
The intake throttle valve is operated by the DC motor. The DC motor operates the intake throttle valve by changing the drive voltage (duty). The valve is closed when the drive voltage is increased while opened when the voltage is decreased. The ECM calculates the desired intake throttle valve position based on the vehicle running condition and controls the DC motor accordingly.
When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
DTC61 will be set when the difference between desired and actual intake throttle valve positions is large or the drive voltage is excessively high. Major Faulty Event • Genera Generatio tion n of of blac black ks smoke moke
2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
• Shor Shortt pow ower er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC The state where the ITP sensor is in normal condition and the valve drive voltage is excessively high lasts for at least 10 seconds. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • Intake throttle throttle and EGR systems systems are disable disabled. d. • The intake intake throttle throttle valve DC mot motor or is deenergi deenergized. zed.
5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
Engine Control System 1A-155 Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the th e faulty portion. • Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving Step
Action
connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 4. If pins are jumpered and the resistance reads ∞ Ω, the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered and the resistance reads 0 Ω, the cause is short. Value(s)
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check". 1
— Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the intake throttle connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC61 detected? Check the intake throttle DC motor drive circuit for open wiring or short. 1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
Pins 16-35 (jumpered: pins 3-5): 0 Ω
4
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Discon Disconnec nectt the the intak intake e tthrot hrottle tle connect connector or..
4.
Jump Jumper er the the intak intake e thrott throttle le conn connect ector or and and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Was the resistance within range?
(not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 16ground (jumpered: pins 3ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 35ground (jumpered: pins 5ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Repair or replace the faulty harness. 5
— Is the action complete?
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Verify repair and go to Step 9
—
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 9
Check the intake throttle DC motor. 6
1.
Me Meas asure ure the the resi resist stanc ance e betwe between en in intak take e throttle connector pins.
Pins 3-5: 16 ~ 18 Ω
Was the resistance within range?
1A-156 Engine Control System Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
7
Replace the intake throttle (intake throttle DC motor).
—
Verify repair and go to Step 10
—
Go to Step 9
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 10
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
8
1.
Certai Certainly nly connec connectt tthe he intak intake e throt throttle tle and ECM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC61 detected? 1.
9
Repla eplace ce the the ECM. ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC61 will not be set again. 10
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC61 detected? Intake Throttle Valve Description
—
Legend 1. Throt Throttl tle e val valve ve 2. IT ITP P sen senso sor r 3. Redu Reduct ctio ion n gear gears s 4. DC mo moto tor r 5. Senso Sensorr groun ground d
6. 7. 8. 9.
Senso Sensorr signa signall Moto Motorr ((– –) Sens Sensor or p pow ower er Moto Motorr ((+ +)
Engine Control System 1A-157 DTC71 - Barometric Pressure Sensor Fault Circuit Description The atmospheric (barometric) pressure sensor is installed inside the ECM and converts the atmospheric pressure into a voltage signal. The VIM calculates the atmospheric pressure from this voltage signal and sends the result to the ECM. The ECM uses this atmospheric pressure to calibrate the fuel injection quantity (altitude compensation). DTC71 will be set when the signal voltage is excessively high or low. Major Faulty Event • Genera Generatio tion n of of blac black ks smoke moke Conditions for Setting the DTC The atmospheric pressure sensor voltage deviates from the range between 0.5 V and 4.5 V for 1 second. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the
4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2. Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion.
CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • The ECM ECM controls controls the p powertr owertrain ain b based ased on on the set atmospheric pressure (100 kPa).
Poor conn Poor connect ection ion at V VIM: IM: In Inspe spect ct har harness ness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damag Damaged ed harness: harness: Inspect Inspect the wi wiring ring harness harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn on on the idle idle position position switc switch h for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault).
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed? Check the atmospheric output voltage.
2
pressure
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
Yes
No
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
sensor
1.
Starte Starterr switc switch h "OFF" "OFF",, an and d insta install ll Tech Tech 2.
2.
St Star arte terr switc switch h "O "ON" N" and and d dis ispl play ay the the engine data.
3.
Ch Chec eck k the a atm tmos osph pher eric ic pres pressu sure re sens sensor or output voltage.
0.5 ~ 4.5 V
Was the voltage within range?
1A-158 Engine Control System Step
Action
Value(s)
Review the DTC.
3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
St Star artt the the engi engine. ne. Run Run th the e engi engine ne at at idle idle for 1 minute.
4.
Revi vie ew the DTC.
—
Is DTC71 detected? 1.
4
Replace tthe he VI VIM M.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing VIM.
— Verify repair and
Is the action complete?
go to Step 5
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 1
Repair is complete
Check DTC71 will not be set again. 5
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC71 detected?
Engine Control System 1A-159 DTC81 - Clutch Switch System Fault
SBF 100A Battery
SBF 50A
Key SW (ON)
Main Relay
# 19 15A
Torque Cut SW
Exhaust Brake SW
Warm Up SW
M/T : N A/T : P or N
Freezer SW
Key SW (START)
# 22 10A
Clutch SW
CFS Non
0.85 L/B 0.5 L/B
Vehicle
0.5 B/G
47
44
0.5 BR/R 12
0.5 LG/R 50
0.5 W/O
0.5 W/L
11
CFS CFS Vehicle
0.5 LG/L
49
0.85 B/O
0.5 B/W
36
46 46 VIM (Vehicle Interface Module)
LNW21ALF005701-X
Circuit Description The clutch switch is installed to the clutch pedal, and is turned on when the pedal is pressed and turned off when the pedal is released. The ECM receives the on/ off signal from this clutch switch and uses it in exhaust brake control and other control tasks. DTC81 will be set when the clutch switch on/off signal is faulty. Major Faulty Event • Inac Inacti tive ve ex exha haust ust b bra rake ke • Inac Inacti tive ve QWS QWS • In Inac acti tive ve PTO PTO Conditions for Setting the DTC On the manual transmission vehicle, the engine is running for at least 180 seconds, the vehicle speed is at least 80 km/h, and the clutch switch is changed from off to on or on to off.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DT DTC C is set, tthe he ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • The e exha xhaust ust b brake rake is di disab sabled led.. Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
1A-160 Engine Control System 4. Turn on on the idle idle position position switc switch h for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the
the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion. • Poo Poorr conn connect ection ion at V VIM: IM: In Inspe spect ct har harness ness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection.
accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operations operations are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 seconds seconds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2. Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if
• Damag Damaged ed harness: harness: Inspect Inspect the wi wiring ring harness harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault).
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 9
Check the clutch switch for mechanical fault. 1.
Ch Chec eck k th the e clutc clutch h swit switch ch con conne nect ctor or for for installation and, if mounted improperly, install the device certainly cer tainly..
2.
Ch Chec eck k the c cont ontac actt betwe between en cl clut utch ch pedal pedal and switch and recondition the improper contact, if any. any.
2 3.
—
Pr Pres ess s the the clut clutch ch swi switc tch h with with a fin finge gerr to check the sliding performance. In case of unsmooth movement, blow air against the switch to remove foreign materials.
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 1. Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC. 3
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC81 detected? Check the clutch switch for operation. 1.
Install Te Tech 2.
2.
St Star arte terr switc switch h "O "ON" N" and and d dis ispla play y the the engine data.
4 3.
—
Ch Check eck th the e outp output ut vol volta tage ge on on "Clu "Clutc tch h Switch" screen.
Is the clutch switch turned on and off? Check the clutch switch for operation. —
5 Is the clutch switch fixed to the off position?
Engine Control System 1A-161
Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 12
Verify repair and go to Step 15
—
Verify repair and go to Step 15
—
Check the clutch switch circuit for open wiring.
6
1.
Starter Starter switch switch "OFF", "OFF", and dis discon connec nectt tthe he VIM.
2.
Discon Disconnec nectt the clutch clutch switch switch connec connector tor and jumper it.
3.
Star Starte terr swi switc tch h "ON" "ON"..
4.
Me Meas asur ure e the the v volt oltag age e bet betwe ween en VIM connector pin and ground (e.g., frame or body)
Pins 49ground: 24 V
Was the voltage within range? Check the fuse side harness of the clutch switch circuit for open wiring.
7
1.
Re Remov move e th the e jump jumper er wir wire e from from the the clu clutch tch switch.
2.
Star Starte terr swi switc tch h "ON" "ON"..
3.
Me Meas asur ure e the the volt voltag age e betw betwee een n clutc clutch h switch connector pin and ground (e.g., frame or body)
Was the voltage within range? Check the VIM side harness of the clutch switch circuit for open wiring. 8
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Jumper Jumper the starter starter switch switch connect connector or and measure the resistance at the VIM connector.
Pins 1ground: 24 V
Pins 49ground (jumpered: pins 2ground): 0 Ω
Was the resistance within range? Check the clutch switch circuit for +B short.
9
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the VIM VIM..
3.
At tthe he VIM VIM c con onne necto ctorr pins pins,, meas measure ure th the e
Pins 49-36/ 38/75/76: ∞ Ω
resistance. Was the resistance within range? Check the clutch switch circuit for short.
10
1.
Starter Starter switch switch "OFF", "OFF", and dis discon connec nectt tthe he VIM.
2.
Discon Disconnec nectt the the clut clutch ch switch switch connec connector tor..
3.
Star Starte terr swi switc tch h "ON" "ON"..
4.
Me Meas asur ure e the the v volt oltag age e bet betwe ween en VIM connector pin and ground (such as frame or body)
Pins 49ground: 0 V
Was the voltage within range? 11
Replace the clutch switch. Is the action complete?
—
Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
12 Is the action complete?
1A-162 Engine Control System Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
Go to Step 14
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 15
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Repair is
and go to Step 2
complete
Review the DTC.
13
1.
Certai Certainly nly connec connectt tthe he clutch clutch switch switch and VIM connectors.
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
1.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC81 detected? 1.
14
Replace tthe he VI VIM M.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing VIM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC81 will not be set again. 15
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC81 detected?
—
Engine Control System 1A-163 DTC82 - Neutral Switch System Fault
SBF 100A
SBF 50A
Battery
Key SW (ON)
Main Relay
# 19 15A
Torque Cut SW
Exhaust Brake SW
Warm Up SW
M/T : N A/T : P or N
Freezer SW
CFS Non
CFS
Vehicle
47
0.5 B/G 44
0.5 BR/R 12
0.5 LG/R 50
0.5 W/O
0.5 W/L
11
# 22 10A
Clutch SW
0.85 L/B 0.5 L/B
Key SW (START)
0.5 LG/L
49
CFS Vehicle
0.85 B/O
0.5 B/W
36
46 46 VIM (Vehicle Interface Module)
LNW21ALF005701-X
Circuit Description
Conditions for Setting the DTC
The neutral switch (P/N switch in case of automatic transmission) is turned on when the shift lever is moved to the neutral position (parking or neutral position for automatic transmission). The ECM receives the on/off signal from this neutral (or P/N) switch to control the powertrain so that the driver cannot start the engine as long as the shift lever is not in the neutral (or parking)
The engine is running for at least 180 seconds and the neutral switch is changed from on to off.
position. DTC82 will be set when the neutral (P/N) switch on/off signal is faulty fa ulty..
Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DT DTC C is set, tthe he ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • The e exha xhaust ust b brake rake is di disab sabled led.. Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the
Major Faulty Event • Genera Generatio tion n of of blac black ks smoke moke • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty
ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
• Inac Inacti tive ve ex exha haust ust b bra rake ke • Inac Inacti tive ve QWS QWS
1A-164 Engine Control System 2. Turn on on the idle idle position position switc switch h for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn on on the idle idle position position switc switch h for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operations operations are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 seconds seconds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC canwith be Tech cleared through the memory clear operation 2.
Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion. • Poo Poorr conn connect ection ion at V VIM: IM: In Inspe spect ct har harness ness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damag Damaged ed harness: harness: Inspect Inspect the wi wiring ring harness harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 2. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault).
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Review the DTC. 2
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
— Refer to
Is DTC82 detected? Check the neutral (P/N) switch for operation. 1.
In Inst stal alll Tech 2.
2.
St Star arte terr swit switch ch "ON" "ON",, and and disp displa lay y the the engine data.
3 3.
Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 4
—
Ob Obse serv rve e the "Ne "Neut utral ral Swi Switc tch" h" disp displa lay y while operating the shift lever.
Is the neutral switch turned on and off? Check the neutral (P/N) switch circuit for +B short. 4
Go to Step 3
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the VIM VIM..
Pins 44-36/
3.
At tthe he VIM VIM c con onne necto ctorr pins pins,, meas measure ure th the e resistance.
38/75/76:
∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range?
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
Engine Control System 1A-165 Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
Verify repair and go to Step 10
—
Check the neutral (P/N) switch circuit for short.
5
1.
Starter Starter switch switch "OFF", "OFF", and dis discon connec nectt tthe he VIM.
2.
Discon Disconnec nectt the the neut neutral ral switch switch connect connector or..
3.
Star Starte terr swi switc tch h "ON" "ON"..
4.
Me Meas asur ure e the the v volt oltag age e bet betwe ween en VIM connector pin and ground (e.g., frame or body)
Pins 44ground: 0 V
Was the voltage within range? Replace the neutral (P/N) switch. —
6 Is the action complete? Repair or replace the faulty harness. 7
— Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
8
1.
Certai Certainly nly connec connectt tthe he neut neutral ral (P/N) (P/N) s swit witch ch and VIM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
9
go to Step 10
—
Go to Step 9
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 10
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
—
Is DTC82 detected? 1.
Verify repair and
Replace tthe he VI VIM M.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of
—
startups to the replacing VIM. Is the action complete? Check DTC82 will not be set again. 10
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC82 detected?
—
1A-166 Engine Control System DTC84 - CAN Communication Fault (CAN Bus Error)
ECM (Engine Control Module) 97 89 R W 5 . 5 . 0 0
VIM
LNW21AMF007601-X
Circuit Description Mutual communications (CAN communications) are established between ECM and VIM so that the data received by the ECM is sent to the VIM and vice versa. DTC84 will be set when the CAN signal is faulty.
2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
Major Faulty Event • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty • Terminated erminated VIM control control (e.g., (e.g., tachomet tachometer er or PTO) PTO)
4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
Fault occurs on communications with VIM.
5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3
Conditions for Setting the DTC
• After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • Commun Communicat ications ions betw between een ECM ECM and VIM VIM are terminated and the control mode with predetermined values will be dominant.
seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
Engine Control System 1A-167 Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion. • Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving Step
Action
connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 4. If pins are jumpered and the resistance reads ∞ Ω, the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered and the resistance reads 0 Ω, the cause is short. Value(s)
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) 1
System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the ECM connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, install the device certainly.
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC84 detected?
—
Check the CAN communication circuit. 1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Disc Discon onnec nectt ECM ECM and and VIM VIM conn connec ecto tors. rs.
3.
Jump Jumper er the the VIM VIM conn connec ecto torr and and meas measure ure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Was the resistance within range?
4
ECM pins 89 97 (jumpered: VIM pins 2627): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω ECM pins 89ground (jumpered: VIM pins 27ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω ECM pins 97ground (jumpered: VIM pins 26ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
5 Is the action complete?
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Verify repair and go to Step 10
—
Yes
No
Verify repair and go to Step 7
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 1
Repair is complete
1A-168 Engine Control System Step 1.
6
Action Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
Value(s)
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC84 will not be set again. 7
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC84 detected?
—
Engine Control System 1A-169 DTC86 - CAN Communication Fault (CAN Timeout Error)
ECM (Engine Control Module) 97 89 R W 5 . 5 . 0 0
VIM
LNW21AMF007601-X
Circuit Description Mutual communications (CAN communications) are established between ECM and VIM so that the data received by the ECM is sent to the VIM and vice versa. DTC86 will be set when the CAN signal is not input. Major Faulty Event • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty • Terminated erminated VIM control control (e.g., (e.g., tachomet tachometer er or PTO) PTO) Conditions for Setting the DTC CAN signal is not input for 1 second. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • Commun Communicat ications ions betw between een ECM ECM and VIM VIM are terminated and the control mode with predetermined values will be dominant.
2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
1A-170 Engine Control System Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion. • Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be
connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 4. If pins are jumpered and the resistance reads ∞ Ω, the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered and the resistance reads 0 Ω, the cause is short.
OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check". Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the ECM connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, install the device certainly.
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Verify repair and go to Step 10
—
—
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2. 3.
Clear th the D DT TC. Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC86 detected? Check the CAN communication circuit. 1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Disc Discon onnec nectt ECM ECM and and VIM VIM conn connec ecto tors. rs.
3.
Jump Jumper er the the VIM VIM conn connec ecto torr and and meas measure ure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Was the resistance within range?
4
ECM pins 8997 (jumpered: VIM pins 2627): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω ECM pins 89ground (jumpered: VIM pins 27ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω ECM pins 97ground (jumpered: VIM pins 26ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
5 Is the action complete?
Engine Control System 1A-171 Step
Action 1.
6
Value(s)
Yes
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
— Verify repair and
No
Is the action complete?
go to Step 7
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 1
Repair is complete
Check DTC86 will not be set again. 7
1. 2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC.. Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC86 detected?
—
1A-172 Engine Control System DTC115 - Common Rail Pressure Sensor Fixed Output Fault
9
6
8
7
5 4
3
1 2
LNW21AMF005401
Legend 1. Fu Fuel el tank tank 2. Fu Fuel el fi filt lter er 3. Su Supp pply ly pu pump mp 4. SCV (suct (suction ion cont control rol valve valve)) 5. FT (fuel tempe temperat rature ure)) senso sensor r
6. 7. 8. 9.
Comm Common on ra rail il Common Common rail rail press pressure ure sens sensor or Inje Inject ctor or ECM (engi (engine ne contr control ol module module))
Engine Control System 1A-173
ECM (Engine Control Module) 25 6 R L / / 5 W 5 . . W 0 0
8 27 26 B R W / . L / 5 0 L 5 5 . . 0 0
CKP Sensor
CMP Sensor
69 Y / G 5 . 0
ITP Sensor
68 Y 5 . 0
EGR Valve Position Sensor
63 66 67 6764 64 R G W G 5 5 5 5 . . 0 . 0 0 . 0
Common Rail Pressure Sensor
LNW21AMF006901-X
Circuit Description The common rail pressure sensor detects the fuel pressure in the common rail and outputs the voltage equivalent to the common rail pressure. Higher pressure provides higher voltage while lower pressure provides lower voltage. The ECM calculates the actual common rail pressure (fuel pressure) from the voltage signal sent from the sensor and uses the result in fuel injection control and other control tasks. DTC115 will be set when the difference between desired and actual common rail pressures is large and the sensor output voltage is fixed to a certain value. Major Faulty Event • Poor Poor st star artab tabil ilit ity y • Genera Generatio tion n of while while/bl /black ack s smoke moke • Shor Shortt pow ower er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC The state where the common rail pressure sensor is in normal condition, there is no change in common rail pressure sensor output voltage, the difference between desired and actual common rail pressures is 10 MPa or more, the actual common rail pressure is 10 MPa or more, and the pump is under feedback control is continuously observed 255 times during A/D conversion in the ECM.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DT DTC C is set, tthe he ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • The c common ommon rail pressure pressure and fuel inject injection ion quantity are limited. Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared.
1A-174 Engine Control System 7. Turn off off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 seconds seconds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
Test Description Descri ption 5. When the common rail pressure sensor harness and other sensor harness are shorted, DTC245 may not be set.
Diagnostic Aids When the air mixes into the fuel system, the fuel pressure (common rail pressure) may read incorrect value. If air bleed resolves the fault, the possible cause is the air mixing into fuel system. Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 4
Review the DTC. 1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC. —
2 3. 4.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m. Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC115 detected? Check the common rail pressure.
3
1.
Install Te Tech 2.
2.
Star Starte terr swi switc tch h "ON" "ON"..
3.
Ob Obse serv rve e "Des "Desire ired d Ra Rail il Pre Press ssur ure" e" and and "Actual Rail Pressure" displays .
4.
St Star artt and and idle idle the the eng engin ine e for for warmwarm-up. up.
5.
Ob Obse serv rve e "Des "Desire ired d Ra Rail il Pre Press ssur ure" e" and and "Actual Rail Pressure" displays again.
Does the actual common rail pressure increase following the desired pressure?
Engine off: Desired pressure 0 MPa Actual pressure 0 MPa Idling: Desired pressure Approx. 40 MPa Actual pressure Approx. 40 MPa
Check the ECM for fault.
4
1.
St Star arter ter sw swit itch ch "ON "ON", ", eng engin ine e "OFF" "OFF"..
2.
Disc Discon onne nect ct tthe he com commo mon n rail rail pres pressu sure re sensor connector.
3.
On T Tec ech h 2, obs obser erve ve the the "Co "Commo mmon n Ra Rail il Pressure Sensor" display for output voltage.
CAUTION: After the common rail pressure sensor is disconnected, DTC245 is set. Be sure to clear this DTC245 upon completion of this Step 4.
Approx. 0 V
Was the voltage within range?
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 5
Engine Control System 1A-175 Step
Action
Value(s)
Check the common rail pressure sensor circuit harness for open wiring or short.
Pins 63-66/ 67: ∞ Ω Pins 66/6764: ∞ Ω
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Disc Discon onne nect ct tthe he com commo mon n rail rail pres pressu sure re sensor connector.
4.
Me Meas asur ure e the the res resis ista tance nce at the the ECM ECM connector.
5
Was the resistance within range?
Pins 63-64: ∞ Ω Pins 67-66: 0Ω Pins 26-63/ 67/66/64: ∞ Ω Pins 63/67/ 66/64/26ground: ∞ Ω
Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
6 Is the action complete? 1.
7
No
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
Verify repair and go to Step 9
—
Verify repair and go to Step 9
—
Verify repair and go to Step 9
—
Go to Step 10
Repair is complete
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 11
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? 8
Yes
Replace the common rail (common rail pressure sensor).
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
9
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
3.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC115 detected? Inspect the fuel system according to the following procedures.
10
1.
Ch Chec eck k th the e fuel fuel fil filter ter fo forr contamination and choke.
exce excess ssiv ive e
2.
Ch Chec eck k hi high gh-- and and low-p low-pre ress ssure ure pip pipes es for for collapse, choke, and loose connection.
3.
Ch Chec eck k th the e fe feed ed pip pipe e in the the fue fuell tank tank for for foreign materials.
—
Is the fuel system sound? 11
Repair or replace the faulty portion(s).
—
Is the action complete?
Go to Step 15
Inspect the common rail. 12
1.
Check Check the pressu pressure re limite limiterr ffor or fuel leak. leak.
—
Is the common rail sound?
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 15
—
Yes
No
Go to Step 15
—
Go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Replace the common rail. 13
— Is the action complete?
1A-176 Engine Control System Step
Action
Value(s)
Replace the supply pump. —
14 Is the action complete? Check DTC115 will not be set again. 1. Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e. 15
2.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
3.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC115 detected?
—
Engine Control System 1A-177 DTC118 - Common Rail Pressure Fault (Control System)
9
6
8
7
5 4
3
1 2
LNW21AMF005401
Legend 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Fu Fuel el tank tank Fu Fuel el fi filt lter er Su Supp pply ly pu pump mp SCV (suct (suction ion cont control rol valve valve)) FT (fuel tempe temperat rature ure)) senso sensor r
6. 7. 8. 9.
Comm Common on ra rail il Common Common rail rail press pressure ure sens sensor or Inje Inject ctor or ECM (engi (engine ne contr control ol module module))
1A-178 Engine Control System
ECM (Engine Control Module) 25 6 R L / / W W 5 . . 5 0 0
CKP Sensor
8 27 26 B R W / 5 . L / L 0 5 . 5 . 0 0
CMP Sensor
69 Y / G 5 . 0
68 Y 5 . 0
ITP Sensor
EGR Valve Position Sensor
63 66 67 6764 64 R G W G 5 . . 5 . 5 . 5 0 0 0 0
Common Rail Pressure Sensor
LNW21AMF006901-X
Circuit Description
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
The common rail pressure is detected by the common rail pressure sensor and sent to the ECM. The ECM calculates the desired common rail pressure and pump flow rate from the data sent from sensors and
When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps.
compares these calculations with the actual common rail pressure to determine the SCV position. DTC118 will be set when the common rail pressures is excessively high. Major Faulty Event • Poor Poor st star artab tabil ilit ity y • Genera Generatio tion n of while while/bl /black ack s smoke moke • Shor Shortt pow ower er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC The state where the common rail pressure output voltage is in normal condition and the actual common rail pressure is at least 180 MPa lasts 5 times continuously. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • The ECM ECM prepare prepares s for en engin gine e shutdow shutdown. n.
1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
Engine Control System 1A-179 Diagnostic Aids
Test Description Descri ption
When the air mixes into the fuel system, the fuel pressure (common rail pressure) may read incorrect value. If air bleed resolves the fault, the possible cause is the air mixing mixed into fuel system.
3. When the flow damper has been working, it will be returned to the ordinary condition only after left inactive overnight.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 4
Refer to Test Description
Review the DTC.
2
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3. 4.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m. Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC118 detected? 1.
Th The e flow flow dam dampe perr may may ha have ve be been en working. Leave the vehicle inactive overnight.
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
3
Is DTC118 detected? Inspect the fuel system according to the following procedures.
—
4
1.
Ch Chec eck k th the e fuel fuel fil filter ter fo forr contamination and choke.
exce excess ssiv ive e
2.
Ch Chec eck k hi high gh-- and and low-p low-pre ress ssure ure pip pipes es for for collapse, choke, and loose connection.
3.
Ch Chec eck k th the e fe feed ed pip pipe e in the the fue fuell tank tank for for foreign materials.
—
Is the fuel system sound?
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 18
—
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 18
—
Yes
No
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 9
Repair or replace the faulty portion(s). —
5 Is the action complete? Check injectors.
6
1.
Install Te Tech 2.
2.
St Star arte terr swit switch ch "ON" "ON",, and and disp displa lay y the the engine data.
3.
St Star artt the the en engi gine ne an and d obse observ rve e the the "Cylinder (1-4) Compensation" display for individual cylinders.
—
Is there cylinder(s) whose calibrated quantity is larger or less than other cylinders? Replace the faulty injector(s). 7
— Is the action complete?
1A-180 Engine Control System Step
Action
Value(s)
Check the common rail pressure.
8
1.
In Inst stal alll Tech 2.
2.
Star Starte terr swi switc tch h "ON" "ON"..
3.
Ob Obse serv rve e "Des "Desire ired d Ra Rail il Pre Press ssur ure" e" and and "Actual Rail Pressure" displays.
4.
St Star artt the the engi engine. ne. Run Run th the e engi engine ne at at idle idle for warm-up.
5.
Ob Obse serv rve e "Des "Desire ired d Ra Rail il Pre Press ssur ure" e" and and "Actual Rail Pressure" displays again.
Does
the
actual
common
rail
pressure
increase following the desired pressure?
Check the ECM for fault. 1.
St Star arter ter sw swit itch ch "ON "ON", ", eng engin ine e "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Disc Discon onne nect ct tthe he com commo mon n rail rail pres pressu sure re sensor connector.
Engine off: Desired pressure 0 MPa Actual pressure 0 MPa Idling: Desired pressure approx. 40 MPa Actual pressure approx. 40 MPa
3. 9
On T Tec ech h 2, obs obser erve ve the the "Co "Commo mmon n Ra Rail il Pressure Sensor" display for output voltage.
Approx. 5 V
CAUTION: After the common rail pressure sensor is disconnected, DTC245 is set. Be sure to clear this DTC245 upon completion of this Step 9. Was the voltage within range? Check the common rail pressure sensor circuit harness for open wiring or short. 1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Disc Discon onne nect ct tthe he com commo mon n rail rail pres pressu sure re sensor connector.
4.
Me Meas asur ure e the the res resis ista tance nce at the the ECM ECM connector.
10
Was the resistance within range?
Pins 63-66/ 67: ∞ Ω Pins 66/6764: ∞ Ω Pins 63-64: ∞ Ω Pins 67-66: 0Ω Pins 26-63/ 67/66/64: ∞ Ω Pins 63/67/ 66/64/26ground: ∞ Ω
Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
11 Is the action complete? 1.
12
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 11
Verify repair and go to Step 18
—
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
— Verify repair and
Is the action complete?
go to Step 18
—
Engine Control System 1A-181 Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
13
Replace the common rail (common rail pressure sensor).
—
Verify repair and go to Step 18
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
14
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
3.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
— Repair is
Is DTC118 detected? Inspect the common rail. 15
1.
Check Check the pressu pressure re limite limiterr ffor or fuel leak. leak.
Is the common rail sound?
Go to Step 15
complete
Go to Step 17
Go to Step 16
—
Replace the common rail. —
16 Is the action complete?
Go to Step 18
—
Go to Step 18
—
Go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Replace the supply pump. —
17 Is the action complete? Check DTC118 will not be set again.
18
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
3.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC118 detected?
1A-182 Engine Control System DTC158 - Injector Power Supply System Short (Common 1)
ECM (Engine Control Module 23 L 5 7 . 0
24 Y / W 5 7 . 0
5
4
R R / L 5 . 5 2 2 . 1 0
42 B 5 7 . 0
43 2 1 W / G 5 7 . 0
W / W L 5 5 2 . 2 . 1 1
Cylinder 2 Cy Cyll iin n de de r 3
Cy Cyll iin n de de r 4 Cylinder 1
LNW21AMF007001-X
Circuit Description
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
The common 1 injector drive circuit is a high-voltage system and drives injectors installed to cylinders 1 and 4. The ECM steps up the battery voltage and supplies the resulted high voltage to the related injectors continuously. DTC158 will be set when the common 1 injector drive signal is faulty fa ulty..
When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
Major Faulty Event • Shor Shortt pow ower er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty
3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
Conditions for Setting the DTC The short to ground or the +B short is detected on the drive circuits for injectors located in common 1 (injectors #1 and #3).
4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
• After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • Fault judgment judgment is disable disabled d on in injector jector drive circuit for cylinders 1 and 4 and supply pump system. • Only Only main main inject injection ion is is enable enabled. d. • The calibrated calibrated cylinder-to-c cylinder-to-cylind ylinder er quantity becomes zero.
iinjecti njection on
• Fuel injection injection at cylinders cylinders 1 and 4 is is terminated. terminated.
6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
Engine Control System 1A-183 Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the th e faulty portion. • Poor
conn connect ection ion
at
ECM: ECM:
Inspec Inspectt
harness harness
connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the
connectors for backed out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wireIf insulation wire broken inside the insulator. the harnessorappears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving
Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 6. If pins are jumpered and the resistance reads ∞ Ω, the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered and the resistance reads 0 Ω, the cause is short.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the injector connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Verify repair and go to Step 15
—
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 10
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC158 detected? Check the common 1 injector drive circuit for +B short. 4
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 1/2-109/ 114/115/116: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. 5
— Is the action complete? Check the common 1 injector drive circuit (ECM to intermediate connector) for short.
6
1.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
2.
Disc Discon onnec nectt the inje inject ctor or conne connect ctor or..
3.
Jump Jumper er the the inj injec ecto torr conn connec ecto torr and and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Was the resistance within range?
1A-184 Engine Control System
Pins 1ground (jumpered: pins 1/4ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 2ground (jumpered: pins 1/4ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 1-2 (not jumpered): 0Ω
Step
Action
Value(s)
Check the intermediate connector for fault. 1.
Disc Discon onne nect ct EC ECM M side side and in injec jecto torr side side connectors from the intermediate connector.
2.
Re Remov move e the in inte terme rmedi diat ate e conne connecto ctorr from from the engine block.
3.
Jumper Jumper the inte intermed rmediat iate e connec connector tor was connected to the injectors measure the resistance at intermediate connector that connected to the ECM.
7
that that and the was
Was the resistance within range?
Yes
No
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 16
—
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 10
Verify repair and go to Step 16
—
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 13
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Go to Step 15
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Pins 1-2/3/4 (jumpered: pins 1-2/3/4): 0Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 2-3/4 (jumpered: pins 2-3/4): 0Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 3-4 (jumpered: pins 3-4): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Replace the intermediate connector. 8
— Is the action complete? Check the common 1 injector drive circuit (intermediate wiring or short.connector to injector) for open
9
1.
Discon Disconnec nectt the the inj injecto ectorr side side connect connectors ors from the intermediate connector.
2.
Discon Disconnec nectt harn harness esses es fro from m inj inject ectors ors for cylinders 1 and 4.
3.
Measur Measure e the resista resistance nce between between inj injecto ector r terminal and connector pin as well as between connector pins.
Cylinder 1 -pins 1: 0Ω Cylinder 4 -pins 4: 0Ω Pins 1-4: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. 10
— Is the action complete?
11
Measure the resistance between injector terminals (resistance of coil) for cylinders 1 and 4.
0.4 Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty injector(s). —
12 Is the action complete? Check DTC158 will not be set again.
13
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC158 detected? Review the DTC. 14
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC158 detected?
—
Engine Control System 1A-185 Step
Action 1.
15
Value(s)
Yes
No
Verify go torepair Step 1and 6
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC158 will not be set again. 16
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC158 detected? Injector Description
Legend 1. Inj Inject ector 2. Power Power suppl supply y harness harness 3. Driv Drive e ha harn rnes ess s
1A-186 Engine Control System DTC159 - Injector Power Supply System Short (Common 2)
ECM (Engine Control Module 23 L 5 7 . 0
24 Y / W 5 7 . 0
5
4
R R / L 5 . 5 2 2 . 1 0
Cylinder 2 Cy Cyll iin n de de r 3
42 B 5 7 . 0
43 2 1 W / G 5 7 . 0
W / W L 5 5 2 . 2 . 1 1
Cy Cyll iin n de de r 4 Cylinder 1
LNW21AMF007001-X
Circuit Description
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
The common 2 injector drive circuit is a high-voltage system and drives injectors installed to cylinders 2 and 3. The ECM steps up the battery voltage and supplies
When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the
the resulted high voltage to the related injectors continuously. DTC159 will be set when the common 2 injector drive signal is faulty fa ulty..
following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
Major Faulty Event • Shor Shortt pow ower er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC The short to ground or the +B short is detected on the drive circuits for injectors located in common 2 (injectors #2 and #4). Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • Fault judgment judgment is disable disabled d on in injector jector drive circuit
2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3
for cylinders 2 and 3 and supply pump system. • Only Only main main inject injection ion is is enable enabled. d. • The calibrated calibrated cylinder-to-c cylinder-to-cylind ylinder er quantity becomes zero.
iinjecti njection on
• Fuel injection injection at cylinders cylinders 2 and 3 is is terminated. terminated.
the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
Engine Control System 1A-187 Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the th e faulty portion. • Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving
connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 6. If pins are jumpered and the resistance reads ∞ Ω, the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered and the resistance reads 0 Ω, the cause is short.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the injector connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Verify repair and go to Step 15
—
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC159 detected? Check the common 2 injector drive circuit for +B short. 4
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 4/5-109/ 114/115/116: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
5 Is the action complete? Check the common 2 injector drive circuit (ECM to intermediate connector) for open wiring or short. 1.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
2.
Disc Discon onnec nectt the inje inject ctor or conne connect ctor or..
Pins 4ground (jumpered: pins 2/3ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered):
3. 6
Jump Jumper er the the inj injec ecto torr conn connec ecto torr and and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Was the resistance within range?
∞ Ω Pins 5ground (jumpered: pins 2/3ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 4-5 (not jumpered): 0Ω
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 10
Value(s)
Yes
No
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 16
—
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 10
Verify repair and go to Step 16
—
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 12
1A-188 Engine Control System Step
Action Disc Discon onne nect ct EC ECM M side side and in injec jecto torr side side
Pins 1-2/3/4 (jumpered:
connectors connector.
pins 1-2/3/4): 0Ω
Check the intermediate connector for fault. 1.
from
the
intermediate
2.
Re Remov move e the in inte terme rmedi diat ate e conne connecto ctorr from from the engine block.
3.
Jumper Jumper the inte intermed rmediat iate e connec connector tor was connected to the injectors measure the resistance at intermediate connector that connected to the ECM.
7
that that and the was
Was the resistance within range?
(not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 2-3/4 (jumpered: pins 2-3/4): 0Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 3-4 (jumpered: pins 3-4): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Replace the intermediate connector. —
8 Is the action complete? Check the common 2 injector drive circuit (intermediate connector to injector) for open wiring or short.
9
1.
Discon Disconnec nectt the the inj injecto ectorr side side connect connectors ors from the intermediate connector.
2.
Discon Disconnec nectt harn harness esses es fro from m inj inject ectors ors for cylinders 2 and 3.
3.
Measur Measure e the resista resistance nce between between inj injecto ector r terminal and connector pin as well as between connector pins.
Cylinder 2 -pins 2: 0Ω Cylinder 3 -pins 3: 0Ω Pins 2-3: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
10 Is the action complete?
11
Measure the resistance between injector terminals (resistance of coil) for cylinders 2 and 3. Was the resistance within range?
0.4 Ω
Repair or replace the faulty injector(s). 12
— Is the action complete?
Go to Step 13
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Go to Step 15
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Check DTC159 will not be set again.
13
1. 2.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e. Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC159 detected? Review the DTC. 14
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC159 detected?
Engine Control System 1A-189 Step
Action 1.
15
Value(s)
Yes
No
Verify repair and go to Step 16
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC159 will not be set again. 16
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC159 detected? Injector Description
Legend
1. Inj Inject ector 2. Power Power suppl supply y harness harness 3. Driv Drive e ha harn rnes ess s
1A-190 Engine Control System DTC211 - Fuel Temperature Sensor System Fault
ECM (Engine Control Module) 49 46 B / W R / 5 . G . 0 5 0
48 G / R 5 . 0 W / G 5 . 0
ECT FT Sensor Sensor
LNW21AMF007101-X
Circuit Description
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
The FT (fuel temperature) sensor consists of thermistor and alters the resistance in response to temperature change. Higher fuel temperature provides smaller resistance while lower temperature provides larger resistance. The ECM supplies 5 V to the FT sensor via pull-up resistance and calculates the fuel temperature from the change in voltage and uses it in supply pump control and other control tasks. The voltage is decreased when the resistance is small (the temperature is high) while increased when the resistance is large (the temperature is low). DTC211 will be set when the signal voltage is excessively high or low.
When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
Major Faulty Event • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC The FT sensor output voltage deviates from the range between 0.1 V and 4.8 V for at least 1 seconds. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • Even afte afterr the D DTC TC is set, set, the the ECM will will not not illuminate the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • The ECM ECM contr controls ols the the powertrain powertrain using the set fuel temperature (normal running phase: 70°C, startup phase: –20°C).
5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC canwith be Tech cleared through the memory clear operation 2.
Engine Control System 1A-191 Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion. • Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault.
Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 4. If DTC23 is also set, the possible cause is the ground circuit common to FT and ECT sensors. 7. If pins are jumpered and the resistance r esistance read ∞ Ω, the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered and the resistance reads 0 Ω, the cause is short. 10. If the output voltage is fixed to 5 V, the possible cause is open wiring in the circuit. If the output voltage is fixed to 0 V, the possible cause is short in the circuit.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the FT sensor connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, install the device certainly.
—
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Is the action complete?
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
Verify repair and go to Step 9
—
Pins 48-46 (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 46ground (jumpered: pins 2ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Value(s)
Yes
No
—
Verify repair and go to Step 9
—
Go to Step 10
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC211 detected? Check multiple DTCs are set. 4
Is DTC23 (ECT Sensor System detected together with DTC211?
Fault)
—
Check the ground circuit common to FT and ECT sensors for +B short. 5
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 46-109/ 114/115/116: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
6 Is the action complete? Check the ground circuit common to FT and ECT sensors for open wiring or short.
7
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Discon Disconnec nectt tthe he FT sens sensor or connec connector tor..
4.
Jump Jumper er the the FT FT sens sensor or conn connec ecto torr pin pin and and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Was the resistance within range?
1A-192 Engine Control System Step
Action Repair or replace the faulty harness.
8 Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
9
1.
Ce Certa rtain inly ly c con onnec nectt the the FT FT sens sensor or and and ECM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC211 detected? Check the FT sensor output voltage. 1.
Install Te Tech 2.
2.
St Star arte terr swit switch ch "ON" "ON",, and and disp displa lay y the the engine data.
3.
Observ Observe e the the "Fuel "Fuel Tempera emperatur ture e Sens Sensor" or" display for output voltage.
10
Approx. 1.5 V (ECT: 80°C)
Was the voltage within range?
Go to Step 19
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 16
Go to Step 13
Verify repair and go to Step 21
—
(jumpered: pins 1ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 48ground (jumpered: pins 2ground): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Go to Step 16
Go to Step 15
—
Verify repair and
Check the FT sensor output voltage. —
11 Is the voltage 5 V or more? Check the FT sensor circuit for +B short.
12
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 48/46109/114/115/ 116: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
13 Is the action complete? Check the FT sensor circuit harness for open wiring or short. 1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Discon Disconnec nectt tthe he FT sens sensor or connec connector tor..
4.
At tthe he E ECM CM co conne nnecto ctorr, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
14
Was the resistance within range?
Pins 46-48 (jumpered: pins 1-2): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 46ground
Repair or replace the faulty harness. 15 Is the action complete?
go to Step 21
—
Engine Control System 1A-193 Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
Go to Step 19
Go to Step 18
Check the FT sensor.
16
1.
Disc Discon onne nect ct th the eF FT T senso sensorr.
2.
Pro Provi vide de tem temper peratu ature re chan change ge on on the the thermosensitive element of the FT sensor and measure the resistance between the sensor connector pins.
See graph
Was the resistance within range? Replace the supply pump (FT sensor). —
17 Is the action complete? Check DTC211 will not be set again.
Verify repair and go to Step 21
—
18
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
3.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC211 detected?
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Go to Step 20
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 21
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Review the DTC.
19
1.
Ce Certa rtain inly ly c con onnec nectt the the FT FT sens sensor or and and ECM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC211 detected? 1.
20
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC211 will not be set again. 21
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC211 detected?
1A-194 Engine Control System Characteristics of FT Sensor (reference)
30 20 ) k ( e u l a
10 8 6 5 4
—
V 3 e 2 c n a t 1 i s e 0.8 R0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2
0.1
-20 0 20 40 60 80 1001 100120 20 Temperature ( C) LNW21ASH010401-X
Sensor Description
Legend 1. FT senso sensorr signa signall 2. FT senso sensorr groun ground d 3. FT se sens nsor or 4. Cams Camsha haft ft
5. SCV 6. SCV (H (HII) 7. SCV (LO)
Engine Control System 1A-195 DTC217 - SCV Drive System Short
ECM (Engine Control Module) 75 74 L L 5 5 7 7 . . 0 0
81 80 R R / / W W 5 5 7 . 7 . 0 0
SCV
LNW21AMF007201-X
Circuit Description The SCV (suction control valve) is installed to the supply pump and controls the suction fuel quantity. The SCV is fully opened in normal state and larger drive current (duty) results in smaller opening. The EMC, based on the data acquired from sensors, calculates
• After the DT DTC C is set, tthe he ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL).
desired common rail pressure and pump flow rate and compares the calculated desired common rail pressure to the actual value to determine the SCV position. When the actual pressure is lower than the desired value, the SCV is opened to increase the pump flow rate. When the actual pressure is higher than the desired value, the SCV is closed to decrease the flow rate. DTC217 will be set when the drive current is excessively high.
overpressure and short pump pressure events 1 to 4.
Major Faulty Event • Poor Poor st star artab tabil ilit ity y • Genera Generatio tion n of whit white/bl e/black ack smok smoke e • Shor Shortt pow power er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC The SCV drive current is at least 1500 mA. (+B short is detected on the circuit between SCV+ and ECM.)
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
• The c common ommon rail pressure pressure and fuel inject injection ion quantity are limited. • Fault judgment judgment is disabl disabled ed on pump supply pump
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
1A-196 Engine Control System 5. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion.
6. After the the above operations operations are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared.
• Poo Poorr conn connecti ection on at ECM: ECM: Inspect Inspect ha harnes rness s connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection.
7. Turn off off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 seconds seconds and and turn on the starter switch again.
• Damag Damaged ed harness: harness: Inspect Inspect the wi wiring ring harness harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken
When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2. Diagnostic Aids
inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault.
Poor connection or damaged harness may cause Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
Verify repair and go to Step 11
—
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 7
Verify repair and go to Step 8
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Check the SCV connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, install the device 2
certainly.
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC217 detected? Check the SCV drive circuit for +B short.
4
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 80/81/ 74/75-109/ 114/115/116: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. 5
— Is the action complete? Check the SCV.
6
1.
At tthe he S SCV CV conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
8Ω
Was the resistance within range? Replace the supply pump (SCV). —
7 Is the action complete? Check DTC217 will not be set again. 1. Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e. 8
2.
Usin Using g Te Tech ch 2, cle clear ar the the D DTC TC..
3.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he ai airr fr from om the the fu fuel el sy syste stem m
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC217 detected?
—
Engine Control System 1A-197 Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
Go to Step 10
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 11
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Repair is
and go to Step 2
complete
Review the DTC.
9
1.
Ce Cert rtain ainly ly con connec nectt the the S SCV CV and and ECM ECM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC217 detected? 1.
10
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC217 will not be set again. 11
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC217 detected?
—
SCV Description
Legend 1. FT sens sensor or sig signal nal 2. FT sens sensor or grou ground nd 3. FT sen senso sorr 4. Cams Camsha haft ft
5. SCV 6. SCV SCV (H (HI) 7. SCV (LO)
1A-198 Engine Control System DTC227 - No Pump Pressure Feed (Fuel Leak)
9
6
8
7
5 4
3
1 2
LNW21AMF005401
Legend 1. Fu Fuel el tank tank 2. Fu Fuel el fi filt lter er 3. Su Supp pply ly pu pump mp 4. SCV (suct (suction ion cont control rol valve valve)) 5. FT (fuel tempe temperat rature ure)) senso sensor r
6. 7. 8. 9.
Comm Common on ra rail il Common Common rail rail press pressure ure sens sensor or Inje Inject ctor or ECM (engi (engine ne contr control ol module module))
Engine Control System 1A-199
ECM (Engine Control Module) 25 6 R / / L W W 5 . . 5 0 0
CKP Sensor
8 27 26 B R W / 5 . L / L 0 5 . 5 . 0 0
CMP Sensor
69 Y / G 5 . 0
68 Y 5 . 0
ITP Sensor
EGR Valve Position Sensor
63 66 67 6764 64 R G W G 5 . . 5 . 5 . 5 0 0 0 0
Common Rail Pressure Sensor
LNW21AMF006901-X
Circuit Description The pump pressure is controlled with the common rail pressure. The common rail pressure is detected by the common rail pressure sensor and sent to the ECM. The ECM calculates desired common rail pressure and pump flow rate from the data sent from sensors and compares these calculations with the actual common rail pressure to determine the SCV position. When the actual pressure is lower than the desired pressure, the SCV is opened to increase the pump flow rate. When the actual pressure is higher than the desired pressure, the SCV is closed to decrease the pump flow rate. DTC227 will be set when the common rail pressures is excessively low. Major Faulty Event • Engi Engin ne sta stalll
1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed,
the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared.
Conditions for Setting the DTC The fuel leak after the fuel filter exceeds the threshold. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • The ECM ECM prepare prepares s for en engin gine e shutdow shutdown. n.
7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2. Diagnostic Aids
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps.
When the air mixes into the fuel system, the fuel pressure (common rail pressure) may read incorrect value. If air bleed resolves the fault, the possible cause is the air mixing into fuel system.
1A-200 Engine Control System Te Test st Description Descriptio n 3. When the flow damper has been working, it will be returned to the ordinary condition only after left inactive overnight. Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 4
Refer to Test Description
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 18
—
Review the DTC.
2
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC227 detected? 1.
Th The e flow flow dam dampe perr may may ha have ve be been en working. Leave the vehicle inactive overnight.
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
3
—
Is DTC227 detected? Inspect the fuel system according to the following procedures.
4
1.
Ch Chec eck k th the e fuel fuel fil filter ter fo forr contamination and choke.
exce excess ssiv ive e
2.
Ch Chec eck k hi high gh-- and and low-p low-pre ress ssure ure pip pipes es for for collapse, choke, and loose connection.
3.
Ch Chec eck k th the e fe feed ed pip pipe e in the the fue fuell tank tank for for foreign materials.
—
Is the fuel system normal in condition? Repair or replace the faulty portion(s). —
5 Is the action complete? Check injectors.
6
1.
Install Te Tech 2.
2.
St Star arte terr swit switch ch "ON" "ON",, and and disp displa lay y the the engine data.
3.
St Star artt the the en engi gine ne an and d obse observ rve e the the "Cylinder (1-4) Compensation" display for individual cylinders.
—
Is there cylinder(s) whose calibrated quantity is larger or less than other cylinders?
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 18
—
Replace the faulty injector(s). 7
— Is the action complete?
Engine Control System 1A-201 Step
Action Check the common rail pressure.
8
1.
Install Te Tech 2.
2.
Star Starte terr swi switc tch h "ON" "ON"..
3.
Ob Obse serv rve e "Des "Desire ired d Ra Rail il Pre Press ssur ure" e" and and "Actual Rail Pressure" displays.
4.
St Star artt the the engi engine. ne. Run Run th the e engi engine ne at at idle idle for warm-up.
5.
Ob Obse serv rve e "Des "Desire ired d Ra Rail il Pre Press ssur ure" e" and and "Actual Rail Pressure" displays again.
Does the actual common rail pressure increase following the desired pressure?
Value(s)
Yes
No
Engine off: Desired pressure 0 MPa Actual pressure 0 MPa Idling: Desired pressure approx. 40 MPa Actual pressure approx. 40 MPa
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 10
Check the ECM for fault.
9
1.
St Star arter ter sw swit itch ch "ON "ON", ", eng engin ine e "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Disc Discon onne nect ct tthe he com commo mon n rail rail pres pressu sure re sensor connector.
3.
On T Tec ech h 2, obs obser erve ve the the "Co "Commo mmon n Ra Rail il Pressure Sensor" display for output voltage.
Approx. 0 V
CAUTION: After the common rail pressure sensor is disconnected, DTC245 is set. Be sure to clear this DTC245 upon completion of this Step 9. Was the voltage within range?
Check the common rail pressure sensor circuit harness for open wiring or short.
10
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Disc Discon onne nect ct tthe he com commo mon n rail rail pres pressu sure re sensor connector.
4.
Me Meas asur ure e the the res resis ista tance nce at the the ECM ECM connector.
Was the resistance within range?
Pins 63 66/ 67: ∞Ω
Pins 66/6764: ∞Ω
Pins 63-64: ∞ Ω Pins 67-66: 0Ω Pins 26-63/ ∞ Ω
67/66/64: Pins 63/67/ 66/64/26ground: ∞ Ω Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
11 Is the action complete? 1.
12
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 11
Verify repair and go to Step 18
—
Verify repair and go to Step 18
—
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete?
1A-202 Engine Control System Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
13
Replace the common rail (common rail pressure sensor).
—
Verify repair and go to Step 18
—
Go to Step 15
Repair is complete
Go to Step 17
Go to Step 16
Go to Step 18
—
Go to Step 18
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
14
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
3.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC227 detected? Inspect the common rail. 15
1. Check Check the pressu pressure re limite limiterr ffor or fuel leak. leak. Is the common rail normal in condition?
—
Replace the common rail. —
16 Is the action complete? Replace the supply pump.
—
17 Is the action complete? Check DTC227 will not be set again.
18
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
3.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
—
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC227 detected?
Go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Engine Control System 1A-203 DTC241 - Idle Position Switch Circuit Open Wiring
ECM (Engine Control Module)
110
908494 108 L W R Y / 5 . / / L B 0 L 5 5 . 5 . . 0 0 0
L / W 5 . 0
Idle Switch
AP Sensor
LNW21AMF007501-X
Circuit Description The idle position switch is installed to the accelerator pedal, and is turned off when the pedal is pressed and turned on when the pedal is released. The ECM receives the on/off signal from this idle position switch and uses it in exhaust brake control, warm-up control, and other control tasks. DTC241 will be set when the accelerator pedal peda l is in idle position but the signal from the idle position switch is being turned off. Major Faulty Event (When the AP sensor se nsor is also faulty.) • Shor Shortt pow ower er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC The state where the AP sensor is in normal condition, the AP sensor output voltage is less than 0.6 0 .6 V, and the idle position switch is turned off lasts at least 10 seconds.. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • Exhaust brake and warm-up warm-up systems systems are disabled. disabled. 7. Turn urn of off tthe he st star artter sw swit itc ch. Wai aitt ffor or 5 sec secon onds ds and
• In cas case e of AP sens sensor or fau fault, lt, the the ECM control controls s the powertrain using the set accelerator position (20 %). Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. turn turn on the the star starte terr sw swit itch ch ag agai ain. n.
1A-204 Engine Control System When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2. Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the th e faulty portion. • Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection.
• Damag Damaged ed harness: harness: Inspect Inspect the wi wiring ring harness harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault).
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Yes
No Refer to OBD
Was the OBD System Check performed?
Go to Step 2
System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 13
—
Check the idle position switch for mechanical fault. 1.
Check Check the idl idle e positi position on swit switch ch connec connector tor for installation and, if mounted improperly, install the device certainly c ertainly..
2.
Ch Chec eck k the c cont ontac actt betwe between en ac acce cele lera rator tor pedal and switch and recondition the
2 3.
—
improper contact, if any. Press Press the the idle idle posi positio tion n switc switch h with with a finge finger r to check the sliding performance. In case of unsmooth movement, blow air against the switch to remove foreign materials.
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC241 detected? Check the display on Tech Tech 2.
4
1.
St Star arte terr swit switch ch "ON" "ON",, and and disp displa lay y the the engine data.
2.
Observ Observe e the the "Idl "Idle e Posi Positio tion n Swit Switch" ch" displa display y while operating the accelerator pedal.
—
Is the idle position switch turned on and off according to the pedal operation? Check the idle position switch.
5
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Measur Measure e tthe he resista resistance nce betwee between n tthe he idl idle e position switch connector pins while operating the switch with a finger.
Switch-on (switch is released): 50 Ω, max. Switch-off (switch is pressed):
Was the resistance within range? Replace the idle position switch. 6
∞ Ω
— Is the action complete?
Engine Control System 1A-205 Step
Action
Value(s)
Check the idle position switch circuit (switch to switch connector) for open wiring.
7
1.
Disc Discon onne nect ct connector.
tthe he
idl idle e
posi positi tion on
2.
Measur Measure e tthe he resista resistance nce betwee between n tthe he idl idle e position switch connector pins while operating the switch with a finger.
Was the resistance within range?
swi switch tch
Yes
No
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 10
Switch-on (switch is released): 50 Ω, max. Switch-off (switch is pressed): ∞ Ω
Check the open idle position circuit) for wiring. switch circuit (ground 8
1.
Me Meas asur ure e the the re resi sist stanc ance e betw between een id idle le position switch connector (ECM side) pin 2 and ground (e.g., frame or body).
0Ω
Was the resistance within range?
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 13
—
Go to Step 12
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 13
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Check the idle position switch circuit (ECM to switch connector) for open wiring. 9
1.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
2.
Jumper Jumper the idl idle e posi positio tion n swit switch ch connec connector tor pin and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Pins 110-87: 0Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
10 Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
11
1.
Certai Certainly nly connect connect the idl idle e posit position ion switch switch and ECM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC241 detected? 1.
12
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC241 will not be set again. 13
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC241 detected?
1A-206 Engine Control System DTC242 - Idle Position Switch Circuit Short
ECM (Engine
Control Module)
110
908494 108 L W R Y 5 . / / / B 0 L L 5 5
L / W
5 0 . 0 . 0 .
5 0 .
Idle Switch
AP Sensor
LNW21AMF007501-X
Circuit Description The idle position switch is installed to the accelerator pedal, and is turned off when the pedal is pressed and turned on when the pedal is released. The ECM receives the on/off signal from this idle position switch and uses it in exhaust brake control, warm-up control, and other control tasks. DTC242 will be set when accelerator pedal is in idle position but the signal from the idle position switch is being turned on. Major Faulty Event (When the AP sensor se nsor is also faulty.) • Shor Shortt pow ower er • Poor Poor pedal pedal re resp spons onse e
• In cas case e of AP sens sensor or fau fault, lt, the the ECM control controls s the powertrain using the set accelerator position (20 %). Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
Conditions for Setting the DTC
3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
The state where the AP sensor is in normal condition, the AP sensor output voltage is 1 V or more, and the idle position switch is turned on lasts at least 10
4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
seconds. Action Taken When the DTC Sets
5. second Turn off off but the not idle idle more posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
• Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty
• After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • Exhaust brake and warm-up warm-up systems systems are disabled. disabled. 7. Turn urn of off tthe he st star artter sw swit itc ch. Wai aitt ffor or 5 sec secon onds ds and
6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. turn turn on the the star starte terr sw swit itch ch ag agai ain. n.
Engine Control System 1A-207 When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the
• Damag Damaged ed harness: harness: Inspect Inspect the wi wiring ring harness harness for
DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2. Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion. • Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection.
rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault).
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 12
—
Check the idle position switch for mechanical fault. 1.
2. 2 3.
Check Check the idl idle e positi position on swit switch ch connec connector tor for installation and, if mounted improperly, install the device certainly c ertainly.. Ch Chec eck k the c cont ontac actt betwe between en ac acce cele lera rator tor pedal and switch and recondition the improper contact, if any.
—
Press Press the the idle idle posi positio tion n switc switch h with with a finge finger r to check the sliding performance. In case of unsmooth movement, blow air against the switch to remove foreign materials.
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC242 detected? Check the display on Tech Tech 2.
4
1.
St Star arte terr swit switch ch "ON" "ON",, and and disp displa lay y the the engine data.
2.
Observ Observe e the the "Idl "Idle e Posi Positio tion n Swit Switch" ch" displa display y while operating the accelerator pedal.
—
Is the idle position switch turned on and off according to the pedal operation? Check the idle position switch.
5
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Measur Measure e tthe he resista resistance nce betwee between n tthe he idl idle e position switch connector pins while operating the switch with a finger.
Was the resistance within range?
Switch-on (switch is released): 50 Ω, max. Switch-off (switch is pressed): ∞ Ω
Replace the idle position switch. —
6 Is the action complete?
1A-208 Engine Control System Step
Action
Value(s)
Check the idle position switch circuit (switch to switch connector) for short.
7
1.
Disc Discon onne nect ct connector.
tthe he
idl idle e
posi positi tion on
swi switch tch
2.
Measur Measure e tthe he resista resistance nce betwee between n tthe he idl idle e position switch connector pins while operating the switch with a finger.
Yes
No
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 12
—
Go to Step 11
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 12
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Switch-on (switch is released): 50 Ω, max. Switch-off (switch is pressed): ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Check the idle position switch circuit (ECM to switch connector) for short. 1. 8
2.
Pins 110-87 (jumpered): 0Ω Jumper Jumper the idl idle e posi positio tion n swit switch ch connec connector tor (not jumpered): pin and measure the resistance at the ∞ Ω ECM connector. Disc Discon onne nect ct th the e vehic vehicle le side side co conn nnec ector tor from ECM.
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
9 Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
10
1.
Certai Certainly nly connect connect the idl idle e posit position ion switch switch and ECM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC242 detected? 1.
11
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of
—
startups to the replacing ECM. Is the action complete? Check DTC242 will not be set again. 12
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC242 detected?
—
Engine Control System 1A-209 DTC245 - Common Rail Pressure Sensor System Fault
ECM (Engine Control Module) 25 6 R L / / W W 5 . . 5 0 0
CKP Sensor
8 27 26 B R W / 5 . L / L 0 5 . 5 . 0 0
CMP Sensor
69 Y / G 5 . 0
ITP Sensor
68 Y 5 . 0
63 66 63 66 67 6764 64 R G W G 5 . . 5 . 5 . 5 0 0 0 0
EGR Valve Position Sensor
Common Rail Pressure Sensor
LNW21AMF006901-X
Circuit Description The common rail pressure sensor detects the fuel pressure in the common rail, converts the pressure into a voltage signal, and sends the signal to the ECM. Higher higher The voltage lower pressurepressure providesprovides lower voltage. ECMwhile calculates the actual common rail pressure (fuel pressure) from the voltage signal and uses the result in fuel injection control and other control tasks. DTC245 will be set when the sensor output voltage is excessively high or low. Major Faulty Event • Poor Poor st star artab tabil ilit ity y • Genera Generatio tion n of whit white/bl e/black ack smok smoke e • Shor Shortt pow power er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty
• The c common ommon rail pressure pressure and fuel inject injection ion quantity are limited. • The EC ECM M decl declare ares s the common common ra rail il pre pressu ssure re sensor fault and stops the related control tasks and fault judgment. Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1
Conditions for Setting the DTC The state where the common rail pressure sensor output voltage deviates from the range between 0.7 V and 4.7 V is continuously observed 3 times during A/D
second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the
(analog/digital) conversion in the ECM. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL).
accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
1A-210 Engine Control System 6. After the the above operations operations are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 seconds seconds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2. Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the th e faulty portion. • Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be
OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 4. If the DTC43 or DTC44 are also set, the possible cause is ground circuit common to ITP sensor and EGR position sensor or common rail pressure sensor. 7. If pins are jumpered and the resistance reads ∞ Ω, the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered and the resistance reads 0 Ω, the cause is short. 10. If the output voltage is fixed to 5 V, the possible cause is open wiring in the circuit. If the output voltage is fixed to 0 V, the possible cause is short in the circuit.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the common rail pressure sensor connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, install the device certainly.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 10
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC245 detected? Check multiple DTCs are set. 4
Are DTC43 (ITP Sensor Fault)or DTC44 (EGR Position Sensor Fault) detected together with DTC245?
—
Check the circuit ground common to ITP sensor, EGR position sensor and common rail pressure sensors for +B short. 1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
Pins 64-109/
5
2. 3.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM.. At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
114/115/116: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. 6
— Is the action complete?
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
Verify repair and go to Step 9
—
Engine Control System 1A-211 Step
Action
Value(s)
Check the circuit ground common or common power circuit harness to ITP sensor, EGR
Pins 64-63 (not jumpered): jumpered):
position sensor sensors for open and wiringcommon or short. rail pressure
7
No
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Verify repair and go to Step 9
—
Go to Step 10
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
∞ Ω
Pins 64ground 1. St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ". (jumpered): 2. Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM.. Pins 13. Disc Discon onne nect ct tthe he com commo mon n rail rail pres pressu sure re ground: 0 Ω sensor connector. (not jumpered): 4. Jump Jumper er the the comm common on rai raill pres pressu sure re sens sensor or ∞ Ω connector pin and measure the Pins 63resistance at the ECM connector. ground (jumpered): Was the resistance within range? Pins 4ground: 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
8
Yes
Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
9
1.
Ce Certa rtain inly ly c con onne nect ct the the commo common n ra rail il pressure sensor and ECM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC245 detected? Check the common rail pressure sensor output voltage.
10
1.
Install Te Tech 2.
2.
St Star arte terr swit switch ch "ON" "ON",, and and disp displa lay y the the engine data.
3. 4. 5.
Starter switch ON: Ob Obse serv rve e the the "Co "Commo mmon n Ra Rail il Pre Press ssure ure Approx. 1 V Sensor" display for output voltage. Idling: St Star artt the the engi engine. ne. Run Run th the e engi engine ne at at idle idle Approx. 1.6 V for warm-up. Ob Obse serv rve e the the "Co "Commo mmon n Ra Rail il Pre Press ssure ure Sensor" display for output voltage again.
Was the voltage within range?
Go to Step 18
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 12
Verify repair and go to Step 18
—
Yes
No
Go to Step 15
Go to Step 14
Verify repair and go to Step 20
—
Check the common rail pressure sensor circuit for +B short. 11
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 63/67/ 66/64-109/ 114/115/116: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. 12
— Is the action complete?
1A-212 Engine Control System Step
Action
Value(s)
Check the common rail pressure sensor
Pins 64-66/67
circuit harness for open wiring or short. 1. St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
13
(jumpered: pins 1-2): 0 Ω (not jumpered): 2. Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM.. ∞ Ω 3. Disc Discon onne nect ct tthe he com commo mon n rail rail pres pressu sure re Pins 66/67-63 sensor connector. (jumpered: 4. Jump Jumper er the the comm common on rai raill pres pressu sure re sens sensor or pins 2-3): 0 Ω connector pin and measure the (not jumpered): resistance at the ECM connector. ∞ Ω Pins 64-63 Was the resistance within range? (jumpered: pins 1-3): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 67-66 (not jumpered): 0Ω Pins 26-64/ 67/66/63 (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 64/67/ 66/63-ground (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Repair or replace the faulty harness.
14
— Is the action complete? Check the common rail pressure. 1.
Install Te Tech 2.
2.
Star Starte terr swi switc tch h "ON" "ON"..
3.
Ob Obse serv rve e "Des "Desire ired d Ra Rail il Pre Press ssur ure" e" and and "Actual Rail Pressure" displays.
Engine off: Desired pressure 0 MPa Actual pressure -
15
4.
St Star artt the the engi engine. ne. Run Run th the e engi engine ne at at idle idle for warm-up.
5.
Ob Obse serv rve e "Des "Desire ired d Ra Rail il Pre Press ssur ure" e" and and "Actual Rail Pressure" displays again.
Does the actual common rail pressure increase following the desired pressure?
16
Replace the common rail (common rail pressure sensor).
0 MPa Idling: Desired pressure approx. 40 MPa Actual pressure approx. 40 MPa —
Is the action complete?
Go to Step 17
Go to Step 16
Verify repair and go to Step 20
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Check DTC245 will not be set again.
17
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
3.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC245 detected?
Engine Control System 1A-213 Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
Go to Step 19
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 20
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Review the DTC. 1. Ce Certa rtain inly ly c con onne nect ct the the commo common n ra rail il pressure sensor and ECM connectors. 18
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC245 detected? 1.
19
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC245 will not be set again. 20
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC245 detected? Characteristics of Common Rail Pressure Sensor
Pressure Sensor Output Characteristic V e 4.2 g
—
a t l o V t u p t u 1.0 O
0
200
{0}
{2039}
MPa {kg/cm2}
Pressure
LNW21ASH010201-X
1A-214 Engine Control System Sensor Description
Legend 1. Press Pressur ure e limite limiterr 2. Common Common rail rail press pressure ure senso sensor r 3. Senso Sensorr groun ground d
4. Senso Sensorr signa signall 5. Sens Sensor or p pow ower er
Engine Control System 1A-215 DTC247 - SCV Drive System Fault
ECM (Engine Control Module) 75 74 75 74 L L 5 5 7 . . 7 0 0
81 80 R R / / W W 5 5 7 . 7 . 0 0
SCV
LNW21AMF007201-X
Circuit Description The SCV (suction control valve) is installed to the supply pump and controls the suction fuel quantity. The SCV is fully opened in normal state and larger drive current (duty) results in smaller opening. The ECM, based on the data acquired from sensors, calculates desired common rail pressure and pump flow rate and compares the calculated desired common rail pressure to the actual value to determine the SCV position. When the actual pressure is lower than the desired value, the SCV is opened to increase the pump flow rate. When the actual pressure is higher than the desired value, the SCV is closed to decrease the flow rate. DTC247 will be set when the drive current is excessively high or low or the difference between desired and actual drive currents is large. Major Faulty Event • Poor Poor st star artab tabil ilit ity y • Genera Generatio tion n of whit white/bl e/black ack smok smoke e • Shor Shortt pow power er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC The SCV drive current is 1100 mA or less. (Short to ground between SCV+ and ECM, +B short between
SCV– and ECM, short to ground between SCV– and ECM, or open wiring between SCV and ECM is not detected.) Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DT DTC C is set, tthe he ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • The c common ommon rail pressure pressure and fuel inject injection ion quantity are limited. • Fault judgme judgment nt is disable disabled d on supply pump overpressure and short pump pressure events 1 to 4. Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
1A-216 Engine Control System 4. Turn on on the idle idle position position switc switch h for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle positi position on switch switch for not less less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operations operations are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 seconds seconds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
• Poo Poorr conn connecti ection on at ECM: ECM: Inspect Inspect ha harnes rness s connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damag Damaged ed harness: harness: Inspect Inspect the wi wiring ring harness harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the
Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the th e faulty portion.
Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 5. If pins are jumpered and the resistance reads ∞ Ω, the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered and the resistance reads 0 Ω, the cause is short.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the SCV connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, install the device certainly.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
Verify repair and go to Step 12
—
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC247 detected? Check the SCV drive circuit for +B short.
4
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2. 3.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM.. At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 80/81/ 74/75-109/ 114/115/116: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Check the SCV drive circuit for open wiring or short.
5
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
Disc Discon onnec nectt the the SCV SCV con connec necto torr.
4.
Jump Jumper er the the SCV co conne nnect ctor or pi pins ns an and d measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Was the resistance within range?
Pins 80/8174/75 (jumpered): 0Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 80/81/ 74/75-ground (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
6 Is the action complete?
Engine Control System 1A-217 Step
Action
Value(s)
Yes
No
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 8
Verify repair and go to Step 9
—
Check the SCV. 7
1.
At tthe he S SCV CV conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
8Ω
Was the resistance within range? Replace the supply pump (SCV). —
8 Is the action complete?
Check DTC247 will not be set again.
9
1. 2.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e. Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
3.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC247 detected?
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Go to Step 11
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 12
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Review the DTC.
10
1.
Ce Cert rtain ainly ly con connec nectt the the S SCV CV and and ECM ECM connectors.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC247 detected? 1.
11
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC247 will not be set again. 12
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC247 detected?
1A-218 Engine Control System SCV Description
—
Legend 1. FT sens sensor or sig signal nal 2. FT sens sensor or grou ground nd 3. F T msha sen senso sor 4. Cams Ca haft ftr
5. SCV 6. SCV SCV (H (HI) 7. SCV (LO)
Engine Control System 1A-219 DTC271 - Cylinder 1 (Injector Drive System) Fault
ECM (Engine Control Module 23 L 5 7 . 0
24 Y / W 5 7 . 0
5 4 R R / L 5 . 5 2 2 . 1 0
Cylinder 2 Cy Cyll iin n de de r 3
42 B 5 7 . 0
43 W / G 5 7 . 0
2 1 W / W L 5 5 2 . 2 . 1 1
Cy Cyll iin n de de r 4 Cylinder 1
LNW21AMF007001-X
Circuit Description The injector drive circuit is a low-voltage system and drives injectors. The ECM calculates the optimum fuel injection timing using the data acquired from sensors and energizes injector coils (TWV). The ECM also controls the fuel injection timing based on the injector drive timing and the fuel injection quantity based on the coil energize time. DTC271 will be set when fault(s) occur on the cylinder 1 injector drive system. Major Faulty Event
• Fuel iinjecti njection on at cylinder cylinder 1 (injector (injector #1) #1) is terminated. Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC fromsteps. the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
• Shor Shortt pow ower er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC Open wiring is detected on the circuit between injector #1 and ECM injector #1 pin, and Cylinder 4 (Injector #3 drive circuit) Fault (DTC274) is not detected.
3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL).
5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
• Fault Fault judgmen judgmentt is disable disabled d on supply supply pump pump system.
6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared.
• Only Only main main inject injection ion is is enable enabled. d. • The calibrated calibrated cylinder-to-c cylinder-to-cylind ylinder er quantity becomes 0 mm3/st.
iinjecti njection on
7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again.
1A-220 Engine Control System When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2. Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion. • Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken
inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 6. If pins are jumpered and the resistance reads ∞ Ω, the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered and the resistance reads 0 Ω, the cause is short.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the injector connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Verify repair and go to Step 14
—
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 10
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC271 detected? Check the cylinder 1 injector drive circuit for +B short. 4
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2. 3.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM.. At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 43-109/ 114/115/116: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
5 Is the action complete? Check the cylinder 1 injector drive circuit (ECM to intermediate connector) for open wiring or short. 6
1.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
2.
Disc Discon onnec nectt the inje inject ctor or conne connect ctor or..
3.
Jump Jumper er the the inj injec ecto torr conn connec ecto torr and and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Was the resistance within range?
Pins 43-1 (jumpered: pins 5-1): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Engine Control System 1A-221 Step
Action
Value(s)
Check the intermediate connector for fault. 1.
Disc Discon onne nect ct EC ECM M side side and in injec jecto torr side side connectors from the intermediate connector.
2.
Re Remov move e the in inte terme rmedi diat ate e conne connecto ctorr from from the engine block.
3.
Jumper Jumper the inte intermed rmediat iate e connec connector tor was connected to the injectors measure the resistance at intermediate connector that connected to the ECM pins.
7
that that and the was
Was the resistance within range?
Yes
No
Pins 6-7/8 (jumpered: pins 5-6/7): 0Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 6-8 (jumpered: pins 6-8): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
—
Go to Step 16
—
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 16
—
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 13
—
Pins 5-6/7/8 (jumpered: pins 5-6/7/8): 0Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Replace the intermediate connector. 8
Is the action complete? Check the cylinder 1 injector drive circuit (intermediate connector to injector) for open wiring or short.
9
1.
Discon Disconnec nectt the inj inject ector or side side connec connector tor from the intermediate connector.
2.
Discon Disconnec nectt harn harness esses es fro from m the the cyli cylinder nder 1 injector.
3.
Measur Measure e the resista resistance nce between between inj injecto ector r terminal and connector pin as well as between connector pins.
Cylinder 1Pins 5: 0 Ω Pins 1-5: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? 10
Repair or replace the faulty harness.
—
Is the action complete? Check the injector coil for open wiring. 11
1.
At cyl cylind inder er 1 iinje njecto ctorr termi terminal nals, s, measur measure e the resistance.
0.4 Ω
Was the resistance within range? Replace the injector. —
12 Is the action complete? Check DTC271 will not be set again.
13
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2. 3.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC.. Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
— Refer to
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC271 detected?
Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Go to Step 15
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Yes
No
Verify repair and go to Step 16
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Review the DTC. 14
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC271 detected?
1A-222 Engine Control System Step
Action 1.
Value(s)
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: 15
If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC271 will not be set again. 16
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC271 detected? Injector Description
Legend 1. In Inje ject ctor or 2. Power Power suppl supply y harness harness 3. Driv Drive e ha harn rnes ess s
Engine Control System 1A-223 DTC272 - Cylinder 2 (Injector Drive System) Fault
ECM (Engine Control Module 23 L 5 7 . 0
24 Y / W 5 7 . 0
5
4
R R / L 5 . 5 2 2 . 1 0
Cylinder 2 Cy Cyll iin n de de r 3
42 B 5 7 . 0
43 2 1 W / G 5 7 . 0
W / W L 5 5 2 . 2 . 1 1
Cy Cyll iin n de de r 4 Cylinder 1
LNW21AMF007001-X
Circuit Description The injector drive circuit a low-voltage system and drives injectors. The ECMiscalculates the optimum fuel injection timing using the data acquired from sensors and energizes injector coils (TWV). The ECM also controls the feel injection timing based on the injector drive timing and the fuel injection quantity based on the coil energize time. DTC272 will be set when fault(s) occur on the cylinder
• Fuel iinjecti njection on at cylinder cylinder 2 (injector (injector #4) #4) is terminated. Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1
2 injector drive system.
second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
Major Faulty Event
2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
• Shor Shortt pow power er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty
3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 Conditions for Setting the DTC Open wiring is detected on the circuit between injector #4 and ECM injector #4 pin, and Cylinder 3 (Injector #2 drive circuit) Fault (DTC273) is not detected. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • Fault Fault judgmen judgmentt is disable disabled d on supply supply pump pump system. • Only Only main main inject injection ion is is enable enabled. d. • The calibrated calibrated cylinder-to-c cylinder-to-cylind ylinder er 3 quantity becomes 0 mm /st.
second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared.
iinjecti njection on
7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again.
When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear
inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving
operation with Tech 2.
connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault.
1A-224 Engine Control System
Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion. • Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken
Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 6. If pins are jumpered and the resistance reads ∞ Ω, the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered and the resistance reads 0 Ω, the cause is short.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the injector connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC272 detected? Check the cylinder 2 injector drive circuit for +B short.
—
4
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 23-109/ 114/115/116: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
5 Is the action complete?
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Verify repair and go to Step 14
—
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 10
Check the cylinder 2 injector drive circuit (ECM to intermediate connector) for open wiring or short. 6
1.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
2.
Disc Discon onnec nectt the inje inject ctor or conne connect ctor or..
3.
Jump Jumper er the the inj injec ecto torr conn connec ecto torr and and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Pins 23-5 (jumpered: pins 6-3): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range?
Engine Control System 1A-225 Step
Action Check the intermediate connector for fault. 1.
Disc Discon onne nect ct EC ECM M side side and in injec jecto torr side side connectors from the intermediate connector.
2.
Re Remov move e the in inte terme rmedi diat ate e conne connecto ctorr from from the engine block.
3.
Jumper Jumper the inte intermed rmediat iate e connec connector tor was connected to the injectors measure the resistance at intermediate connector that connected to the ECM pins.
7
that that and the was
Was the resistance within range?
Value(s)
Yes
No
Pins 5-6/7/8 (jumpered: pins 5-6/7/8): 0Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 6-7/8 (jumpered: pins 5-6/7): 0Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 6-8 (jumpered: pins 6-8): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 16
—
Replace the intermediate connector. —
8 Is the action complete? Check the cylinder 2 injector drive circuit (intermediate connector to injector) for open wiring or short.
9
1.
Discon Disconnec nectt the inj inject ector or side side connec connector tor from the intermediate connector.
2.
Discon Disconnec nectt harn harness esses es fro from m the the cyli cylinder nder 2
Cylinder 4Pins 6: 0 Ω
injector. 3.
Pins 6-3:
∞ Ω
Measur Measure e the resista resistance nce between between inj injecto ector r terminal and connector pin as well as between connector pins.
Was the resistance within range?
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 16
—
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 13
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Go to Step 15
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Yes
No
Verify repair and go to Step 16
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Repair is
and go to Step 2
complete
Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
10 Is the action complete? Check the injector coil for open wiring. 11
1.
At cyl cylind inder er 2 iinje njecto ctorr termi terminal nals, s, measur measure e the resistance.
0.4 Ω
Was the resistance within range? Replace the injector. 12
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC272 will not be set again.
13
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC272 detected? Review the DTC. 14
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC272 detected?
1A-226 Engine Control System Step
Action 1.
15
Value(s)
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC272 will not be set again. 16
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC272 detected? Injector Description
—
Legend 1. In Inje ject ctor or 2. Power Power suppl supply y harness harness 3. Driv Drive e ha harn rnes ess s
Engine Control System 1A-227 DTC273 - Cylinder 3 (Injector Drive System) Fault
ECM (Engine Control Module 23 L 5 7 . 0
24 Y / W 5 7 . 0
5
4
R R / L 5 . 5 2 2 . 1 0
42 B 5 7 . 0
43 2 1 W / G 5 7 . 0
W / W L 5 5 2 . 2 . 1 1
Cylinder 2 Cy Cyll iin n de de r 3
Cy Cyll iin n de de r 4 Cylinder 1
LNW21AMF007001-X
Circuit Description The injector drive circuit is a low-voltage system and drives injectors. The ECM calculates the optimum fuel injection timing using the data acquired from sensors and energizes injector coils (TWV). The ECM also controls the feel injection timing based on the injector drive timing and the fuel injection quantity based on the coil energize time. DTC273 will be set when fault(s) occur on the cylinder 3 injector drive system. Major Faulty Event
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
• Shor Shortt pow power er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC Open wiring is detected on the circuit between injector #2 and ECM injector #2 pin, and Cylinder 2 (Injector #4 drive circuit) Fault (DTC272) is not detected. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • Fault Fault judgmen judgmentt is disable disabled d on supply supply pump pump system. • Only Only main main inject injection ion is is enable enabled. d. • The calibrated calibrated cylinder-to-c cylinder-to-cylind ylinder er 3 quantity becomes 0 mm /st.
• Fuel iinjecti njection on at cylinder cylinder 3 (injector (injector #2) #2) is terminated.
3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared.
iinjecti njection on
7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again.
When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault.
1A-228 Engine Control System
Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion. • Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins,
Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). ∞ Ω
and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken
6. Ifcause pins are jumpered and the resistance reads and , the is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered the resistance reads 0 Ω, the cause is short.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the injector connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Verify repair and go to Step 14
—
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 10
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 1. Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC. 3
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC273 detected? Check the cylinder 3 injector drive circuit for +B short. 4
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 24-109/ 114/115/116: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
5 Is the action complete? Check the cylinder 3 injector drive circuit (ECM to intermediate connector) for open wiring or short. 6
1.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
2.
Disc Discon onnec nectt the inje inject ctor or conne connect ctor or..
3.
Jump Jumper er the the inj injec ecto torr conn connec ecto torr and and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Pins 24-4 (jumpered: pins 7-2): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range?
Engine Control System 1A-229 Step
Action Check the intermediate connector for fault. 1.
Disc Discon onne nect ct EC ECM M side side and in injec jecto torr side side connectors from the intermediate connector.
Value(s) Pins 5-6/7/8 (jumpered: pins 5-6/7/8): 0Ω (not jumpered):
Yes
No
2.
Re Remov move e the in inte terme rmedi diat ate e conne connecto ctorr from from the engine block.
3.
Jumper Jumper the inte intermed rmediat iate e connec connector tor that that was connected to the injectors and
7
measure the resistance at intermediate connector that connected to the ECM pins.
the was
Was the resistance within range?
∞ Ω
Pins 6-7/8 (jumpered: pins 5-6/7): 0Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 6-8 (jumpered: pins 6-8): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 16
—
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 16
—
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 13
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Go to Step 15
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Yes
No
Replace the intermediate connector. —
8 Is the action complete? Check the cylinder 3 injector drive circuit (intermediate connector to injector) for open wiring or short.
9
1.
Discon Disconnec nectt the inj inject ector or side side connec connector tor from the intermediate connector.
2.
Discon Disconnec nectt harn harness esses es fro from m the the cyli cylinder nder 3 injector.
3.
Measur Measure e the resista resistance nce between between inj injecto ector r terminal and connector pin as well as between connector pins.
Cylinder 3Pins 7: 0 Ω Pins 7-2: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
10 Is the action complete? Check the injector coil for open wiring. 11
1.
At cyl cylind inder er 3 iinje njecto ctorr termi terminal nals, s, measur measure e the resistance.
0.4 Ω
Was the resistance within range? Replace the injector. —
12 Is the action complete? Check DTC273 will not be set again.
13
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC273 detected? Review the DTC. 14
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC273 detected?
1A-230 Engine Control System Step
Action
Value(s)
Step
Action 1.
15
Value(s)
Yes
No
Verify repair and go to Step 16
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC273 will not be set again. 16
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC273 detected? Injector Description
Legend 1. In Inje ject ctor or 2. Power Power suppl supply y harness harness 3. Driv Drive e ha harn rnes ess s
Engine Control System 1A-231 DTC274 - Cylinder 4 (Injector Drive System) Fault
ECM (Engine Control Module 23 L 5 7 . 0
24 Y / W 5 7 . 0
5
4
R R / L 5 . 5 2 2 . 1 0
Cylinder 2 Cy Cyll iin n de de r 3
42 B 5 7 . 0
43 2 1 W / G 5 7 . 0
W / W L 5 5 2 . 2 . 1 1
Cy Cyll iin n de de r 4 Cylinder 1
LNW21AMF007001-X
Circuit Description The injector drive circuit is a low-voltage system and drives injectors. The ECM calculates the optimum fuel injection timing using the data acquired from sensors and energizes injector coils (TWV). The ECM also controls the feel injection timing based on the injector drive timing and the fuel injection quantity based on the coil energize time. DTC274 will be set when fault(s) occur on the cylinder 4 injector drive system. Major Faulty Event
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
• Shor Shortt pow power er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty Conditions for Setting the DTC Open wiring is detected on the circuit between injector #3 and ECM injector #3 pin, and Cylinder 1 (Injector #1 drive circuit) Fault (DTC271) is not detected. Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • Fault Fault judgmen judgmentt is disable disabled d on supply supply pump pump system. • Only Only main main inject injection ion is is enable enabled. d. • The calibrated calibrated cylinder-to-c cylinder-to-cylind ylinder er quantity becomes 0 mm3/st.
• Fuel iinjecti njection on at cylinder cylinder 4 (injector (injector #3) #3) is terminated.
iinjecti njection on
3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again.
1A-232 Engine Control System When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2. Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check repair for theorfollowing conditions and, if the fault is detected, replace the faulty portion. • Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damaged Damaged harness: harness: Inspect the wiring wiring harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken
inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault. Test Description Descri ption Number(s) below refer to the step number(s) on the Diagnostic Chart. 3. If the DTC is not detected, the possible cause is intermittent (intermittent fault). 6. If pins are jumpered and the resistance reads ∞ Ω, the cause is open wiring. If pins are not jumpered and the resistance reads 0 Ω, the cause is short.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the injector connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Verify repair and go to Step 14
—
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 10
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC274 detected? Check the cylinder 4 injector drive circuit for +B short. 4
1.
St Star arte terr sw swit itch ch "OFF "OFF". ".
2.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
3.
At tthe he ECM ECM conn connec ector tor pi pins ns,, meas measur ure e the the resistance.
Pins 42-109/ 114/115/116: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. 5
— Is the action complete? Check the cylinder 4 injector drive circuit (ECM to intermediate connector) for open wiring or short.
6
1.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
2.
Disc Discon onnec nectt the inje inject ctor or conne connect ctor or..
3.
Jump Jumper er the the inj injec ecto torr conn connec ecto torr and and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Was the resistance within range?
Pins 42-2 (jumpered: pins 8-4): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Engine Control System 1A-233 Step
Action Check the intermediate connector for fault. 1.
2. 3. 7
Disc Discon onne nect ct EC ECM M side side and in injec jecto torr side side connectors from the intermediate connector. Re Remov move e the in inte terme rmedi diat ate e conne connecto ctorr from from the engine block. Jumper Jumper the inte intermed rmediat iate e connec connector tor was connected to the injectors measure the resistance at intermediate connector that connected to the ECM pins.
that that and the was
Was the resistance within range?
Value(s)
Yes
No
Pins 5-6/7/8 (jumpered: pins 5-6/7/8): 0Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 6-7/8 (jumpered: pins 5-6/7): 0Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 6-8 (jumpered: pins 6-8): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 16
—
Go to Step 11
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 16
—
Go to Step 14
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 13
—
Replace the intermediate connector. 8
Is the action complete?
—
Check the cylinder 4 injector drive circuit (intermediate connector to injector) for open wiring or short.
9
1.
Discon Disconnec nectt the inj inject ector or side side connec connector tor from the intermediate connector.
2.
Discon Disconnec nectt harn harness esses es fro from m the the cyli cylinder nder 4 injector.
3.
Measur Measure e the resista resistance nce between between inj injecto ector r terminal and connector pin as well as between connector pins.
Cylinder 4Pins 8: 0 Ω Pins 8-4: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
10 Is the action complete? Check the injector coil for open wiring. 11
1.
At cyl cylind inder er 4 iinje njecto ctorr termi terminal nals, s, measur measure e the resistance.
0.4 Ω
Was the resistance within range? Replace the injector. —
12 Is the action complete? Check DTC274 will not be set again. 1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
13
2. 3.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC.. Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC274 detected?
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Go to Step 15
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Yes
No
Verify repair and go to Step 16
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Review the DTC. 14
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC274 detected?
1A-234 Engine Control System Step
Action 1.
15
Value(s)
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC274 will not be set again. 16
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC274 detected? Injector Description
Legend 1. In Inje ject ctor or 2. Power Power suppl supply y harness harness 3. Driv Drive e ha harn rnes ess s t
Engine Control System 1A-235 DTC277 - Injector Power Supply System Open Wiring Fault (Common 1)
ECM (Engine Control Module 23 L 5 7 . 0
24 Y / W 5 7 . 0
5
4
R R / L 5 . 5 2 2 . 1 0
Cylinder 2 Cy Cyll iin n de de r 3
42 B 5 7 . 0
43 2 1 W / G 5 7 . 0
W / W L 5 5 2 . 2 . 1 1
Cy Cyll iin n de de r 4 Cylinder 1
LNW21AMF007001-X
Circuit Description
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
The common 1 injector drive circuit is a high-voltage system and drives injectors installed to cylinders 1 and 4. The ECM steps up the battery voltage and supplies the resulted high voltage to the related injectors continuously. DTC277 will be set when open wiring occurs on the
When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1
second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
common 1 injector drive circuit.
2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
Major Faulty Event • Shor Shortt pow ower er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty
3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
Conditions for Setting the DTC Open wiring is detected between injector #1/3 and ECM common 1 pin (both the drive circuits for injectors #1 and #3 have open wiring). Action Taken When the DTC Sets • After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • Fault judgment judgment is disable disabled d on in injector jector drive circuit for cylinders 1 and 4 and supply pump system. • Only Only main main inject injection ion is is enable enabled. d. • The calibrated calibrated cylinder-to-c cylinder-to-cylind ylinder er quantity becomes zero.
iinjecti njection on
• Fuel injection injection at cylinders cylinders 1 and 4 is is terminated. terminated.
4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
1A-236 Engine Control System Diagnostic Aids Poor connection orfordamaged harness may and, cause intermittents. Check the following conditions if the fault is detected, repair or replace the th e faulty portion. • Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection.
• Damag Damaged ed harness: harness: Inspect Inspect the wi wiring ring harness harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
Go to Step 4
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Check the injector connector for installation 2
and, if mounted certainly.
improperly,
connect
it
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC277 detected? Check the common 1 injector drive circuit (ECM to intermediate connector) for open wiring. 1.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
2.
Disc Discon onnec nectt the inj injec ecto torr conne connect ctor. or.
Pins 1ground (jumpered: 1/4-ground): 0Ω
3. 4
Jump Jumper er the the inj injec ecto torr conn connec ecto torr and and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
Was the resistance within range?
Check the intermediate connector for fault.
5
1.
Disc Discon onne nect ct EC ECM M side side and in injec jecto torr side side connectors from the intermediate connector.
2.
Re Remov move e the in inte terme rmedi diat ate e conne connecto ctorr from from the engine block.
3.
Jumper Jumper the inte intermed rmediat iate e connec connector tor was connected to the injectors measure the resistance at intermediate connector that connected to the ECM pins.
that that and the was
Was the resistance within range?
(not jumpered): jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 2ground (jumpered: 1/4-ground): 0Ω (not jumpered): jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 1-2 (not jumpered): jumpered): 0Ω
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 8
Pins 1-2/3/4 (jumpered: 1-2/3/4): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 2-3/4 (jumpered: 2-3/4): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 3-4 (jumpered: 3-4): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
Engine Control System 1A-237 Step
Action Replace the intermediate connector.
Value(s)
Is the action complete? Check the common 1 injector drive circuit (intermediate connector to injector) for open wiring. 1.
Discon Disconnec nectt the inj inject ector or side side connec connector tor from the intermediate connector.
Go to Step 14
—
2.
Discon Disconnec nectt harn harness esses es fro from m the the cyli cylinder nder 1 or 4 injector.
3.
Measur Measure e the resista resistance nce between between inj injecto ector r terminal and connector pin as well as
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Verify repair and go to Step 14
—
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 10
Cylinder 1pins 1: 0Ω Cylinder 4pins 4: 0Ω Pins 1-4: ∞ Ω
between connector pins. Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
8 Is the action complete?
9
No
—
6
7
Yes
Measure the resistance between injector terminals (resistance of coil) for cylinders 1 and 4. Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty injector(s).
0.4 Ω
10
— Is the action complete?
Go to Step 11
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Go to Step 13
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 14
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Check DTC277 will not be set again.
11
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC277 detected? Review the DTC. 12
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC277 detected? 1.
13
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC277 will not be set again. 14
1.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
2.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC277 detected?
1A-238 Engine Control System Injector Description
Legend 1. Inj Inject ector 2. Power Power suppl supply y harness harness 3. Driv Drive e ha harn rnes ess s
Engine Control System 1A-239 DTC278 - Injector Power Supply System Open Wiring Fault (Common 2)
ECM (Engine Control Module 23 L 5 7 . 0
24 Y / W 5 7 . 0
5
4
R R / L 5 . 5 2 2 . 1 0
42 B 5 7 . 0
43 2 1 W / G 5 7 . 0
W / W L 5 5 2 . 2 . 1 1
Cylinder 2 Cy Cyll iin n de de r 3
Cy Cyll iin n de de r 4 Cylinder 1
LNW21AMF007001-X
Circuit Description
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
The common 2 injector drive circuit is a high-voltage system and drives injectors installed to cylinders 2 and 3. The ECM steps up the battery voltage and supplies the resulted high voltage to the related injectors continuously. DTC278 will be set when open wiring occurs on the common 2 injector drive circuit.
When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps. 1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
Major Faulty Event • Shor Shortt pow ower er • Poor Poor drive driveabi abili lity ty
3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
Conditions for Setting the DTC Open wiring is detected between injector #2/4 and ECM common 2 pin (both the drive circuits for injectors #2and #4 have open wiring).
4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
• After the DTC DTC is set, set, the the ECM will illuminate illuminate the the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL). • Fault judgment judgment is disable disabled d on in injector jector drive circuit for cylinders 2 and 3 and supply pump system. • Only Only main main inject injection ion is is enable enabled. d. • The calibrated calibrated cylinder-to-c cylinder-to-cylind ylinder er quantity becomes zero.
iinjecti njection on
• Fuel injection injection at cylinders cylinders 2 and 3 is is terminated. terminated.
6. After the the above operati operations ons are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 se seconds conds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2.
1A-240 Engine Control System Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if the fault is detected, repair or replace the th e faulty portion. • Poor conn connect ection ion at ECM: ECM: Inspec Inspectt harness harness connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection.
• Damag Damaged ed harness: harness: Inspect Inspect the wi wiring ring harness harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
2
Check the injector connector for installation and, if mounted improperly, connect it certainly.
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
—
—
Is the action complete? Review the DTC. 3
1.
Using Using T Tech ech 2, check check and store store the DTC. DTC.
2.
Clear th the D DT TC.
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC278 detected? Check the common 2 injector drive circuit (ECM to intermediate connector) for open wiring. 1.
Dis isco conn nnec ectt th the ECM ECM..
2.
Disc Discon onnec nectt the inj injec ecto torr conne connect ctor. or.
3.
Jump Jumper er the the inj injec ecto torr conn connec ecto torr and and measure the resistance at the ECM connector.
4
Was the resistance within range?
Refer to
∞ Ω Pins 4-5 (not jumpered): jumpered): 0Ω
Check the intermediate connector for fault.
5
1.
Disc Discon onne nect ct EC ECM M side side and in injec jecto torr side side connectors from the intermediate connector.
2.
Re Remov move e the in inte terme rmedi diat ate e conne connecto ctorr from from the engine block.
3.
Jumper Jumper the inte intermed rmediat iate e connec connector tor that that was connected to the injectors and measure the resistance at the intermediate connected to theconnector ECM pins.
that
Was the resistance within range?
was
Go to Step 4
Diagnostic Aids
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
Pins 4ground (jumpered: 2/3-ground): 0Ω (not jumpered): jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 5ground (jumpered: 2/3-ground): 0Ω (not jumpered): jumpered):
Pins 1-2/3/4 (jumpered: 1-2/3/4): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 2-3/4 (jumpered: 2-3/4): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω Pins 3-4 (jumpered: 3-4): 0 Ω (not jumpered): ∞ Ω
Engine Control System 1A-241 Step
Action
Value(s)
Replace the intermediate connector. 6
—
Yes
No
Is the action complete? Check the common 2 injector side connectors drive circuit (intermediate connector to injector) for open wiring or short.
7
1.
Discon Disconnec nectt the inj inject ector or side side connec connector tor from the intermediate connector.
2.
Discon Disconnec nectt harn harness esses es fro from m the the cyli cylinder nder 2 or 3 injector.
3.
Measur Measure e the resista resistance nce between between inj injecto ector r terminal and connector pin as well as between connector pins.
Go to Step 14
Cylinder 2pins 2: Ω
0 Cylinder 3pins 3: 0Ω Pins 2-3: ∞ Ω
Was the resistance within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
8 Is the action complete?
9
Measure the resistance between injector terminals (resistance of coil) for cylinders 2 and 3.
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 8
Verify repair and go to Step 14
—
Go to Step 12
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 11
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
Go to Step 13
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 14
—
Refer to Diagnostic Aids and go to Step 2
Repair is complete
0.4 Ω
Was the resistance within range? Replace the faulty injector(s). —
10 Is the action complete? Check DTC278 will not be set again.
11
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Ble Bleed ed tthe he air air fro from m th the e fuel fuel sys syste tem. m.
4.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC278 detected? Review the DTC. 12
1.
Resto estore re tthe he v veh ehiicl cle e.
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
—
Is DTC278 detected? 1.
13
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM.
—
Is the action complete? Check DTC278 will not be set again. 14
1. 2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC.. Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
Is DTC278 detected?
—
1A-242 Engine Control System Injector Description
Legend 1. Inj Inject ector 2. Power Power suppl supply y harness harness 3. Driv Drive e ha harn rnes ess s
Engine Control System 1A-243 DTC416 - Main Relay System Fault SBF 100A
Battery
SBF 50A
3W/L
G / W 3 SBF 50A SBF 30A G / W 2
0.5B
Main Relay
R R R / / / Y / Y / W W W L L 5 5 5 5 . . 5 . 2 . 2 . 2 0 0 1 1 1 116 115 114 118 118 117 116 115 114
SBF 60A
IG (ST)
IG (ON)
#22 10A
#19 15A
Glow Relay
Glow Relay
W / B 5 . 0 113
121 120 121 120 119 B B B 5 5 5 2 . . 2 . 2 0 1 1
O / B 5 7 . 0 109
95 87 B B 5 5 . 7 . 0 0
ECM (Engine Control Module)
LNW21ALF005001-X
Circuit Description
Conditions for Clearing MIL/DTC
The main relay engages and disengages supplying the power supply voltage (24 V) to both the ECM and VIM, and is turned on when the signal is input from the ECM. The ECM recognizes the starter switch ON signal and outputs the relay ON signal to the main relay. DTC416 will be set when the main relay maintains the ON status even after the main relay OFF command is issued.
When the system fails and the DTC is stored to the ECM, even repairing the faulty portion will not clear the DTC from the memory. To clear the DTC, conduct the following steps.
Major Faulty Event • Batte Battery ry ove overr-dis disch char arge ge Conditions for Setting the DTC With the starter switch in "OFF" position, the main relay ON signal is output for at least 5 seconds. Action Taken When the DTC Sets
1. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 2. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.) 3. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.) 4. Turn Turn on the idle positi position on switc switch h for not le less ss than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Release the accelerator pedal.)
• After the the DTC is set and the engine runs at at idle, the ECM will illuminate the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL).
5. Turn off off the idle idle posi position tion sw switch itch for not not less than 1 second but not more than 3 seconds. (Press the accelerator pedal.)
1A-244 Engine Control System 6. After the the above operations operations are properly properly completed, completed, the CHECK ENGINE lamp (MIL) illuminates for 3 seconds to report the memory is cleared. 7. Turn off off the starter starter s switch. witch. Wait Wait for 5 seconds seconds and and turn on the starter switch again. When Tech 2 has been connected to the vehicle, the DTC can be cleared through the memory clear operation with Tech 2. Diagnostic Aids Poor connection or damaged harness may cause intermittents. Check for the following conditions and, if
the fault is detected, repair or replace the faulty portion. • Poo Poorr conn connecti ection on at ECM: ECM: Inspect Inspect ha harnes rness s connectors for backed-out pins, improper mating, broken locks, improperly formed or damaged pins, and poor pin-to-wire connection. • Damag Damaged ed harness: harness: Inspect Inspect the wi wiring ring harness harness for rubbed-through wire insulation or wire broken inside the insulator. If the harness appears to be OK, observe the display on Tech 2 while moving connectors and wiring harnesses related to the sensor. A change in the display will indicate the location of the fault.
Step
Action
Value(s)
1
Perform the "On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) System Check".
—
Was the OBD System Check performed?
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Refer to OBD System Check and go to Step 2
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 3
Verify repair and go to Step 8
—
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 8
—
Go to Step 7
Refer to Diagnostic Aids
Verify repair and go to Step 8
—
Check the main relay. relay. 2
1.
Remo Remove ve th the em mai ain n rrel elay ay..
2.
At tthe he mai main n rela relay y pins pins,, m mea easu sure re the the resistance.
Pins 1-2: ∞ Ω Pins 3-4: 33.3-40.7 Ω
Was the resistance within range? Replace the main relay. —
3 Is the action complete? Check the main relay system circuit for short. 4
1.
Re Remov move e th the e ma main in rel relay ay and and mea measu sure re tthe he voltage at the relay box.
Pins 2ground: 0 V
Was the voltage within range? Repair or replace the faulty harness. —
5 Is the action complete? Review the DTC.
6
1.
Ce Certa rtain inly ly con connec nectt connector.
the the
rel relay ay
2.
Us Usin ing g Tec Tech h 2, 2, c cle lear ar th the e DTC DTC..
3.
Pe Perf rfor orm m test test run run and and rev revie iew w the the DTC. DTC.
an and d —
Is DTC416 detected? 1.
7
Replace tthe he ECM ECM.
IMPORTANT: If necessary (for the vehicle equipped with idle stop function), input the number of startups to the replacing ECM. Is the action complete?
—
View more...
Comments
